]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-hirsute-kernel.git/blame - include/net/mac80211.h
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status
[mirror_ubuntu-hirsute-kernel.git] / include / net / mac80211.h
CommitLineData
f0706e82 1/*
3017b80b
JB
2 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
f0706e82
JB
4 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
026331c4 6 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
d98ad83e 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
06470f74 8 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2016 Intel Deutschland GmbH
f0706e82
JB
9 *
10 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
12 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
13 */
14
15#ifndef MAC80211_H
16#define MAC80211_H
17
187f1882 18#include <linux/bug.h>
f0706e82
JB
19#include <linux/kernel.h>
20#include <linux/if_ether.h>
21#include <linux/skbuff.h>
f0706e82 22#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
f0706e82 23#include <net/cfg80211.h>
5caa328e 24#include <net/codel.h>
42d98795 25#include <asm/unaligned.h>
f0706e82 26
75a5f0cc
JB
27/**
28 * DOC: Introduction
29 *
30 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
31 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
32 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
33 * drivers.
34 */
35
36/**
37 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
38 *
39 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
f0706e82
JB
40 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
41 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
42 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
2485f710
JB
43 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
44 * tasklet function.
45 *
46 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
6ef307bc 47 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
f0706e82
JB
48 */
49
75a5f0cc
JB
50/**
51 * DOC: Warning
52 *
53 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
54 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
55 */
56
57/**
58 * DOC: Frame format
59 *
60 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
61 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
62 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
63 * hardware.
64 *
65 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
66 *
67 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
68 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
69 *
70 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
71 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
f0706e82
JB
72 */
73
42935eca
LR
74/**
75 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
76 *
77 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
78 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
79 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
80 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
81 *
82 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
83 * suspend.
84 *
85 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
86 *
87 */
88
ba8c3d6f
FF
89/**
90 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
91 *
92 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
93 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
94 * between different stations/interfaces.
95 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
96 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
97 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
98 *
99 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
100 * driver operation.
101 *
102 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with a
103 * single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
109 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
110 * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
113 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
114 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
115 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
116 * .release_buffered_frames().
117 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
118 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
119 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
120 */
121
313162d0
PG
122struct device;
123
e100bb64
JB
124/**
125 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
126 *
127 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
445ea4e8 128 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
e100bb64
JB
129 */
130enum ieee80211_max_queues {
3a25a8c8 131 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
445ea4e8 132 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
e100bb64
JB
133};
134
3a25a8c8
JB
135#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
136
4bce22b9
JB
137/**
138 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
139 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
140 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
141 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
142 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
143 */
144enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
145 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
146 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
147 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
148 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
149};
150
6b301cdf
JB
151/**
152 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
153 *
154 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
3330d7be 155 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
6b301cdf 156 *
e37d4dff 157 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
f434b2d1
JB
158 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
159 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
6b301cdf 160 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
3330d7be 161 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
908f8d07 162 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
9d173fc5 163 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
6b301cdf 164 */
f0706e82 165struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
f434b2d1 166 u16 txop;
3330d7be
JB
167 u16 cw_min;
168 u16 cw_max;
f434b2d1 169 u8 aifs;
908f8d07 170 bool acm;
ab13315a 171 bool uapsd;
f0706e82
JB
172};
173
f0706e82
JB
174struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
175 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
176 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
177 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
178 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
179};
180
d01a1e65
MK
181/**
182 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
4bf88530 183 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
04ecd257 184 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
164eb02d 185 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
73da7d5b
SW
186 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
187 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
21f659bf 188 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
d01a1e65
MK
189 */
190enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
4bf88530 191 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
04ecd257 192 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
164eb02d 193 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
73da7d5b 194 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
21f659bf 195 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
d01a1e65
MK
196};
197
198/**
199 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
200 *
201 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
202 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
203 *
4bf88530 204 * @def: the channel definition
21f659bf 205 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
04ecd257
JB
206 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
207 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
208 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
209 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
5d7fad48 210 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
164eb02d 211 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
d01a1e65
MK
212 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
213 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
214 */
215struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
4bf88530 216 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
21f659bf 217 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
d01a1e65 218
04ecd257
JB
219 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
220
164eb02d
SW
221 bool radar_enabled;
222
1c06ef98 223 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
d01a1e65
MK
224};
225
1a5f0c13
LC
226/**
227 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
228 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
229 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
230 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
231 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
232 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
233 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
234 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
235 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
236 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
237 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
238 * for changes/removal.)
239 */
240enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
241 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
242 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
243};
244
245/**
246 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
247 *
248 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
249 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
250 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
251 * done.
252 *
253 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
254 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
255 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
256 */
257struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
258 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
259 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
260 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
261};
262
471b3efd
JB
263/**
264 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
265 *
266 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
267 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
268 *
269 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
270 * also implies a change in the AID.
271 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
272 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
9f1ba906 273 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
38668c05 274 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
96dd22ac 275 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
57c4d7b4 276 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
2d0ddec5
JB
277 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
278 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
280 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
282 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
a97c13c3 283 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
8fc214ba 284 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
68542962 285 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
4ced3f74
JB
286 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
287 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
7da7cc1d 288 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
0ca54f6c 289 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
02945821 290 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
ab095877 291 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
1ea6f9c0 292 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
488dd7b5 293 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
52cfa1d6 294 * changed
989c6505
AB
295 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
296 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
2c9b7359
JB
297 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
298 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
299 * context had been assigned.
239281f8 300 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
23a1f8d4 301 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
471b3efd
JB
302 */
303enum ieee80211_bss_change {
304 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
305 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
306 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
9f1ba906 307 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
a7ce1c94 308 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
96dd22ac 309 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
57c4d7b4 310 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
2d0ddec5
JB
311 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
312 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
313 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
a97c13c3 314 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
8fc214ba 315 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
68542962 316 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
4ced3f74 317 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
7da7cc1d 318 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
7827493b 319 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
02945821 320 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
ab095877 321 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
1ea6f9c0 322 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
488dd7b5 323 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
989c6505 324 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
2c9b7359 325 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
239281f8 326 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
23a1f8d4 327 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
ac8dd506
JB
328
329 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
471b3efd
JB
330};
331
68542962
JO
332/*
333 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
334 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
335 * filtering will be disabled.
336 */
337#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
338
615f7b9b 339/**
a8182929
EG
340 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
341 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
a9409093 342 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
6382246e 343 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
b497de63
EG
344 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
345 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
346 * once each time the timeout triggers.
615f7b9b 347 */
a8182929
EG
348enum ieee80211_event_type {
349 RSSI_EVENT,
a9409093 350 MLME_EVENT,
6382246e 351 BAR_RX_EVENT,
b497de63 352 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
a8182929
EG
353};
354
355/**
356 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
357 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
358 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
359 */
360enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
615f7b9b
MV
361 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
362 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
363};
364
a8182929 365/**
a839e463 366 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
a8182929
EG
367 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
368 */
369struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
370 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
371};
372
a9409093
EG
373/**
374 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
375 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
d0d1a12f 376 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
a90faa9d
EG
377 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
378 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
a9409093
EG
379 */
380enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
381 AUTH_EVENT,
d0d1a12f 382 ASSOC_EVENT,
a90faa9d
EG
383 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
384 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
a9409093
EG
385};
386
387/**
388 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
389 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
390 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
391 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
392 */
393enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
394 MLME_SUCCESS,
395 MLME_DENIED,
396 MLME_TIMEOUT,
397};
398
399/**
a839e463 400 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
a9409093
EG
401 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
402 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
403 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
404 */
405struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
406 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
407 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
408 u16 reason;
409};
410
6382246e
EG
411/**
412 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
413 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
414 * @tid: the tid
b497de63 415 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
6382246e
EG
416 */
417struct ieee80211_ba_event {
418 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
419 u16 tid;
420 u16 ssn;
421};
422
a8182929
EG
423/**
424 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
a839e463 425 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
a8182929 426 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
a9409093 427 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
b497de63 428 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
6382246e 429 * @u:union holding the fields above
a8182929
EG
430 */
431struct ieee80211_event {
432 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
433 union {
434 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
a9409093 435 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
6382246e 436 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
a8182929
EG
437 } u;
438};
439
23a1f8d4
SS
440/**
441 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
442 *
443 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
444 *
445 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
446 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
447 */
448struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
449 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
450 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
451};
452
471b3efd
JB
453/**
454 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
455 *
456 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
457 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
458 *
459 * @assoc: association status
8fc214ba
JB
460 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
461 * or not
c13a765b 462 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
471b3efd
JB
463 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
464 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
ea1b2b45
JB
465 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
466 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
56007a02 467 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
c65dd147 468 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
989c6505 469 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
8c358bcd 470 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
ef429dad
JB
471 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
472 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
473 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
474 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
2ecc3905 475 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
8c358bcd
JB
476 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
477 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
2ecc3905 478 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
ef429dad
JB
479 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
480 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
2ecc3905
AB
481 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
482 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
483 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
21c0cbe7 484 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
98f7dfd8 485 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
96dd22ac
JB
486 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
487 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
488 * the current band.
817cee76 489 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
dd5b4cc7 490 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2d0ddec5
JB
491 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
492 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
4bf88530
JB
493 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
494 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
23a1f8d4 495 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
074d46d1 496 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
22f66895
AA
497 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
498 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
499 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
a97c13c3 500 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
e86abc68
JB
501 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
502 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
503 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
2c3c5f8c
AZ
504 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
505 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
506 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
507 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
a97c13c3 508 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
68542962
JO
509 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
510 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
511 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
512 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
0f19b41e
JB
513 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
514 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
515 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
4ced3f74 516 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
7da7cc1d
JB
517 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
518 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
519 * your driver/device needs to do.
ab095877
EP
520 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
521 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
0ca54f6c 522 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
7827493b
AN
523 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
524 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
1ea6f9c0 525 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
db82d8a9
LB
526 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
527 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
528 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
529 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
530 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
531 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
67baf663 532 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
52cfa1d6
AB
533 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
534 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
535 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
471b3efd
JB
536 */
537struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
2d0ddec5 538 const u8 *bssid;
471b3efd 539 /* association related data */
8fc214ba 540 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
c13a765b 541 bool ibss_creator;
471b3efd
JB
542 u16 aid;
543 /* erp related data */
544 bool use_cts_prot;
545 bool use_short_preamble;
9f1ba906 546 bool use_short_slot;
2d0ddec5 547 bool enable_beacon;
98f7dfd8 548 u8 dtim_period;
21c0cbe7
TW
549 u16 beacon_int;
550 u16 assoc_capability;
8c358bcd
JB
551 u64 sync_tsf;
552 u32 sync_device_ts;
ef429dad 553 u8 sync_dtim_count;
881d948c 554 u32 basic_rates;
817cee76 555 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
57fbcce3 556 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
9ed6bcce 557 u16 ht_operation_mode;
a97c13c3
JO
558 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
559 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
2c3c5f8c
AZ
560 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
561 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
4bf88530 562 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
23a1f8d4 563 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
68542962 564 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
0f19b41e 565 int arp_addr_cnt;
4ced3f74 566 bool qos;
7da7cc1d 567 bool idle;
ab095877 568 bool ps;
7827493b
AN
569 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
570 size_t ssid_len;
571 bool hidden_ssid;
1ea6f9c0 572 int txpower;
db82d8a9 573 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
67baf663 574 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
52cfa1d6 575 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
471b3efd
JB
576};
577
11f4b1ce 578/**
af61a165 579 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
e039fa4a 580 *
6ef307bc 581 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
e039fa4a 582 *
7351c6bd 583 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
e6a9854b
JB
584 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
585 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
586 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
587 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
588 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
589 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
590 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
591 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
592 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
593 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
594 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
e039fa4a 595 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
e039fa4a
JB
596 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
597 * station
e039fa4a 598 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
e039fa4a
JB
599 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
600 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
e6a9854b 601 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
e039fa4a 602 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
ab5b5342
JB
603 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
604 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
605 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
606 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
607 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
608 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
609 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
610 * hardware queue.
e039fa4a
JB
611 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
612 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
613 * is for the whole aggregation.
429a3805
RR
614 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
615 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
e6a9854b
JB
616 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
617 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
618 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
6c17b77b
SF
619 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
620 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
621 * off-channel operation.
cd8ffc80
JB
622 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
623 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
624 * it can be sent out.
8f77f384
JB
625 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
626 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
3b8d81e0
JB
627 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
628 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
02f2f1a9
JB
629 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
630 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
631 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
ad5351db
JB
632 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
633 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
634 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
635 * queue gets full.
c6fcf6bc
JB
636 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
637 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
638 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
1672c0e3
JB
639 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
640 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
641 * should kick the MLME state machine.
026331c4
JM
642 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
643 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
644 * status to user space)
0a56bd0a 645 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
f79d9bad
FF
646 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
647 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
610dbc98
JB
648 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
649 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
650 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
651 * handled properly by the device.
681d1190
JM
652 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
653 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
654 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
aad14ceb
RM
655 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
656 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
657 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
47086fc5
JB
658 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
659 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
660 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
deeaee19
JB
661 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
662 * PS-Poll responses.
b6f35301
RM
663 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
664 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
665 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
a26eb27a
JB
666 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
667 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
668 * monitor injection).
5cf16616
SM
669 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
670 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
671 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
672 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
673 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
eb7d3066
CL
674 *
675 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
676 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
11f4b1ce 677 */
af61a165 678enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
e039fa4a 679 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
e6a9854b
JB
680 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
681 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
682 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
683 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
684 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
685 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
686 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
687 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
688 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
689 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
690 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
691 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
6c17b77b 692 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
cd8ffc80 693 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
8f77f384 694 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
3b8d81e0 695 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
02f2f1a9 696 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
ad5351db 697 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
c6fcf6bc 698 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
1672c0e3 699 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
026331c4 700 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
0a56bd0a 701 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
f79d9bad 702 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
21f83589 703 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
681d1190 704 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
aad14ceb 705 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
47086fc5 706 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
b6f35301 707 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
a26eb27a 708 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
5cf16616 709 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
11f4b1ce
RR
710};
711
abe37c4b
JB
712#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
713
af61a165
JB
714/**
715 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
716 *
717 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
718 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
6b127c71
SM
719 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
720 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
dfdfc2be 721 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
6e0456b5 722 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
bb42f2d1 723 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
af61a165
JB
724 *
725 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
726 */
727enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
728 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
6b127c71 729 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
dfdfc2be 730 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
6e0456b5 731 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
bb42f2d1 732 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
af61a165
JB
733};
734
eb7d3066
CL
735/*
736 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
737 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
738 */
739#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
740 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
741 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
742 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
743 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
02f2f1a9 744 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
eb7d3066 745 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
47086fc5 746 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
eb7d3066 747
2134e7e7
S
748/**
749 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
750 * Rate Control algorithm.
751 *
752 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
753 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
754 *
755 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
756 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
757 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
758 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
759 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
8bc83c24
JB
760 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
761 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
2134e7e7
S
762 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
763 * Greenfield mode.
764 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
8bc83c24
JB
765 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
766 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
767 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
2134e7e7
S
768 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
769 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
770 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
771 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
772 */
e6a9854b
JB
773enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
774 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
775 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
776 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
777
8bc83c24 778 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
e6a9854b
JB
779 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
780 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
781 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
782 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
783 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
8bc83c24
JB
784 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
785 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
786 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
e6a9854b
JB
787};
788
789
790/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
791#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
8318d78a 792
e6a9854b
JB
793/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
794#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
1c014420 795
e6a9854b 796/* maximum number of rate stages */
e3e1a0bc 797#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
870abdf6 798
0d528d85
FF
799/* maximum number of rate table entries */
800#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
801
870abdf6 802/**
e6a9854b 803 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
870abdf6 804 *
e6a9854b
JB
805 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
806 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
e25cf4a6 807 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
e6a9854b
JB
808 *
809 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
810 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
811 *
812 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
813 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
c555b9b3
JB
814 *
815 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
816 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
817 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
818 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
b4f7f4ad
JN
819 * information::
820 *
c555b9b3 821 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
b4f7f4ad 822 *
c555b9b3
JB
823 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
824 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
825 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
826 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
b4f7f4ad
JN
827 * information should then contain::
828 *
c555b9b3 829 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
b4f7f4ad 830 *
c555b9b3
JB
831 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
832 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
870abdf6 833 */
e6a9854b
JB
834struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
835 s8 idx;
8bc83c24
JB
836 u16 count:5,
837 flags:11;
3f30fc15 838} __packed;
870abdf6 839
8bc83c24
JB
840#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
841
842static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
843 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
844{
845 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
6bc8312f
KB
846 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
847 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
8bc83c24
JB
848}
849
850static inline u8
851ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
852{
853 return rate->idx & 0xF;
854}
855
856static inline u8
857ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
858{
6bc8312f 859 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
8bc83c24
JB
860}
861
e039fa4a
JB
862/**
863 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
864 *
865 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
866 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
867 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
868 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
869 *
870 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
e6a9854b 871 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
3a25a8c8 872 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
a729cff8 873 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
6ef307bc
RD
874 * @control: union for control data
875 * @status: union for status data
876 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
599bf6a4 877 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
93d95b12 878 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
599bf6a4 879 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
93d95b12 880 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
e039fa4a 881 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
1c014420 882 */
e039fa4a
JB
883struct ieee80211_tx_info {
884 /* common information */
885 u32 flags;
886 u8 band;
e6a9854b 887
3a25a8c8 888 u8 hw_queue;
2e92e6f2 889
a729cff8 890 u16 ack_frame_id;
e039fa4a
JB
891
892 union {
893 struct {
e6a9854b
JB
894 union {
895 /* rate control */
896 struct {
897 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
898 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
899 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
991fec09
FF
900 u8 use_rts:1;
901 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
0d528d85
FF
902 u8 short_preamble:1;
903 u8 skip_table:1;
991fec09 904 /* 2 bytes free */
e6a9854b
JB
905 };
906 /* only needed before rate control */
907 unsigned long jiffies;
908 };
25d834e1 909 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
5caa328e
MK
910 union {
911 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
912 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
913
914 /* When packets are enqueued on txq it's easy
915 * to re-construct the vif pointer. There's no
916 * more space in tx_info so it can be used to
917 * store the necessary enqueue time for packet
918 * sojourn time computation.
919 */
920 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
921 };
e039fa4a 922 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
af61a165
JB
923 u32 flags;
924 /* 4 bytes free */
e039fa4a 925 } control;
3b79af97
JB
926 struct {
927 u64 cookie;
928 } ack;
e039fa4a 929 struct {
e6a9854b 930 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
a0f995a5 931 s32 ack_signal;
e3e1a0bc 932 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
599bf6a4 933 u8 ampdu_len;
d748b464 934 u8 antenna;
02219b3a
JB
935 u16 tx_time;
936 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 937 } status;
e6a9854b
JB
938 struct {
939 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
940 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
0d528d85
FF
941 u8 pad[4];
942
e6a9854b
JB
943 void *rate_driver_data[
944 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
945 };
946 void *driver_data[
947 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 948 };
f0706e82
JB
949};
950
c56ef672
DS
951/**
952 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
953 *
633e2713
DS
954 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
955 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
956 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
c56ef672
DS
957 *
958 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
959 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
960 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
961 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
962 */
963struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
57fbcce3
JB
964 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
965 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
c56ef672
DS
966 const u8 *common_ies;
967 size_t common_ie_len;
968};
969
970
e039fa4a
JB
971static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
972{
973 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
974}
7ac1bd6a 975
f1d58c25
JB
976static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
977{
978 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
979}
980
e6a9854b
JB
981/**
982 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
983 *
984 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
985 *
986 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
987 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
988 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
989 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
990 *
991 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
992 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
993 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
994 */
995static inline void
996ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
997{
998 int i;
999
1000 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1001 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1002 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1003 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1004 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1005 /* clear the rate counts */
1006 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1007 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1008
1009 BUILD_BUG_ON(
e3e1a0bc 1010 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
e6a9854b
JB
1011 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1012 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1013 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1014}
1015
7ac1bd6a
JB
1016
1017/**
1018 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1019 *
1020 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1021 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1022 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1023 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1024 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1025 * verification has been done by the hardware.
cef0acd4 1026 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1027 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1028 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
981d94a8
JB
1029 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1030 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1031 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1032 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
84ea3a18
LB
1033 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1034 * de-duplication by itself.
72abd81b
JB
1035 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1036 * the frame.
1037 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1038 * the frame.
f4bda337 1039 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
6ebacbb7
JB
1040 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1041 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1042 * merging.
f4bda337
TP
1043 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1044 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1045 * (including FCS) was received.
f4a0f0c5
JB
1046 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1047 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
fe8431f8
FF
1048 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1049 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
4c298677
JB
1050 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1051 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1052 * each A-MPDU
4c298677
JB
1053 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1054 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1055 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1056 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1057 * on this subframe
1058 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1059 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
f980ebc0
SS
1060 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1061 * done by the hardware
17883048
GB
1062 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1063 * processing it in any regular way.
1064 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1065 * them for sniffing purposes.
1066 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1067 * monitor interfaces.
1068 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1069 * them for sniffing purposes.
0cfcefef
MK
1070 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1071 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1072 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1073 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1074 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1075 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1076 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1077 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1078 * interleaved with other frames.
1f7bba79
JB
1079 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1080 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1081 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
f631a77b
SS
1082 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1083 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1084 * the first subframe.
cef0acd4
DS
1085 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1086 * be done in the hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1087 */
1088enum mac80211_rx_flags {
4c298677
JB
1089 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1090 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
f4a0f0c5 1091 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
4c298677
JB
1092 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1093 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1094 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1095 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
f4bda337 1096 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
7fdd69c5
JB
1097 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1098 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1099 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1100 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1101 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1102 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1103 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1104 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1105 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1106 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1107 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1108 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1109 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1110 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1111 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1112 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
7ac1bd6a
JB
1113};
1114
1b8d242a 1115/**
7fdd69c5 1116 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1b8d242a 1117 *
7fdd69c5
JB
1118 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
1119 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT: HT MCS was used and rate_idx is MCS index
1120 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT: VHT MCS was used and rate_index is MCS index
1121 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ: HT40 (40 MHz) was used
1122 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1123 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1124 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1125 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
1126 * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
1127 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1128 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
1129 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ: 10 MHz (half channel) was used
1130 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ: 5 MHz (quarter channel) was used
1131 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ: 80 MHz was used
1132 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ: 160 MHz was used
1133 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1b8d242a 1134 */
7fdd69c5
JB
1135enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1136 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
1137 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT = BIT(1),
1138 RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ = BIT(2),
1139 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(3),
1140 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(4),
1141 RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT = BIT(5),
1142 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(6) | BIT(7),
1143 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(8),
1144 RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ = BIT(9),
1145 RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ = BIT(10),
1146 RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ = BIT(11),
1147 RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ = BIT(12),
1148 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(13),
1b8d242a
EG
1149};
1150
7fdd69c5
JB
1151#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 6
1152
7ac1bd6a
JB
1153/**
1154 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1155 *
1156 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1157 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
f1d58c25 1158 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
566bfe5a 1159 *
c132bec3
BR
1160 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1161 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
162dd6a7
JB
1162 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1163 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
8c358bcd
JB
1164 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1165 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
8318d78a 1166 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
7ac1bd6a 1167 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
4352a4d7
JB
1168 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1169 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
566bfe5a
BR
1170 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1171 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1172 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
ef0621e8
FF
1173 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1174 * values were filled.
1175 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1176 * support dB or unspecified units)
7ac1bd6a 1177 * @antenna: antenna used
0fb8ca45 1178 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
5614618e
JB
1179 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
1180 * @vht_nss: number of streams (VHT only)
b4f7f4ad 1181 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
7fdd69c5 1182 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
554891e6 1183 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
4c298677
JB
1184 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1185 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1186 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
7ac1bd6a 1187 */
f0706e82
JB
1188struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1189 u64 mactime;
162dd6a7 1190 u64 boottime_ns;
8c358bcd 1191 u32 device_timestamp;
4c298677 1192 u32 ampdu_reference;
7fdd69c5
JB
1193 u32 flag;
1194 u16 enc_flags;
30f42292
JB
1195 u16 freq;
1196 u8 rate_idx;
5614618e 1197 u8 vht_nss;
30f42292
JB
1198 u8 rx_flags;
1199 u8 band;
1200 u8 antenna;
1201 s8 signal;
ef0621e8
FF
1202 u8 chains;
1203 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
4c298677 1204 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
f0706e82
JB
1205};
1206
1f7bba79
JB
1207/**
1208 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1209 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1210 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1211 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1212 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1213 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1214 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1215 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1216 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1217 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1218 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1219 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1220 * @data field.
1221 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1222 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1223 * length
1224 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1225 *
1226 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1227 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1228 * data.
1229 */
1230struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1231 u32 present;
1232 u8 align;
1233 u8 oui[3];
1234 u8 subns;
1235 u8 pad;
1236 u16 len;
1237 u8 data[];
1238} __packed;
1239
6b301cdf
JB
1240/**
1241 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1242 *
1243 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1244 *
0869aea0
JB
1245 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1246 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1247 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
c99445b1
KV
1248 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1249 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1250 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1251 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1252 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1253 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1254 * for more.
5cff20e6
JB
1255 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1256 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1257 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1258 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1259 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
45521245
FF
1260 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1261 * operating channel.
6b301cdf
JB
1262 */
1263enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
0869aea0 1264 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
ae5eb026 1265 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
5cff20e6 1266 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
45521245 1267 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
6b301cdf 1268};
f0706e82 1269
7a5158ef 1270
e8975581
JB
1271/**
1272 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1273 *
e8975581 1274 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
0869aea0 1275 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
e255d5eb 1276 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
e8975581 1277 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
4797938c 1278 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
9124b077 1279 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
5cff20e6 1280 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
0f78231b 1281 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
04ecd257
JB
1282 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1283 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
e8975581
JB
1284 */
1285enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
0f78231b 1286 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
e8975581 1287 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
0869aea0 1288 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
e8975581 1289 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
e255d5eb
JB
1290 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1291 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1292 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
5cff20e6 1293 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
e8975581
JB
1294};
1295
0f78231b
JB
1296/**
1297 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1298 *
9d173fc5
KV
1299 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1300 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1301 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1302 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1303 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
0f78231b
JB
1304 */
1305enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1306 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1307 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1308 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1309 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1310
1311 /* keep last */
1312 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1313};
1314
f0706e82
JB
1315/**
1316 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1317 *
1318 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1319 *
04fe2037
JB
1320 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1321 *
ea95bba4 1322 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
56007a02
JB
1323 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1324 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1325 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
04fe2037
JB
1326 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1327 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1328 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1329 *
1ea6f9c0
JB
1330 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1331 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
04fe2037 1332 *
675a0b04 1333 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
164eb02d 1334 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
04fe2037 1335 *
9124b077 1336 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
ad24b0da
JB
1337 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1338 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
9124b077 1339 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
ad24b0da
JB
1340 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1341 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
0f78231b
JB
1342 *
1343 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1344 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
04ecd257
JB
1345 * configured for an HT channel.
1346 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1347 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
f0706e82
JB
1348 */
1349struct ieee80211_conf {
6b301cdf 1350 u32 flags;
ff616381 1351 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
10816d40 1352
e8975581 1353 u16 listen_interval;
56007a02 1354 u8 ps_dtim_period;
e8975581 1355
9124b077
JB
1356 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1357
675a0b04 1358 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
164eb02d 1359 bool radar_enabled;
0f78231b 1360 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
f0706e82
JB
1361};
1362
5ce6e438
JB
1363/**
1364 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1365 *
1366 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1367 * operation.
1368 *
1369 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1370 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1371 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1372 * the driver passed into mac80211.
2ba45384
LC
1373 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1374 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
5ce6e438
JB
1375 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1376 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
85220d71 1377 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
5ce6e438
JB
1378 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1379 */
1380struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1381 u64 timestamp;
2ba45384 1382 u32 device_timestamp;
5ce6e438 1383 bool block_tx;
85220d71 1384 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5ce6e438
JB
1385 u8 count;
1386};
1387
c1288b12
JB
1388/**
1389 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1390 *
1391 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1392 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
ea086359
JB
1393 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1394 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1395 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1396 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
848955cc
JB
1397 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1398 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1399 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1400 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
b115b972
JD
1401 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1402 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1403 * this is not pure P2P vif.
c1288b12
JB
1404 */
1405enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1406 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
ea086359 1407 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
848955cc 1408 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
b115b972 1409 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
c1288b12
JB
1410};
1411
32bfd35d
JB
1412/**
1413 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1414 *
1415 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1416 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1417 *
51fb61e7 1418 * @type: type of this virtual interface
bda3933a
JB
1419 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1420 * or the BSS we're associated to
47846c9b 1421 * @addr: address of this interface
2ca27bcf
JB
1422 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1423 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
59af6928
MK
1424 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1425 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1426 * for read access.
b5a33d52 1427 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
c1288b12
JB
1428 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1429 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1430 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1431 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
3a25a8c8
JB
1432 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1433 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
d01a1e65
MK
1434 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1435 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1436 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1437 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1438 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
ddbfe860 1439 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
ad24b0da 1440 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
ddbfe860 1441 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1b09b556
AO
1442 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1443 * interface.
32bfd35d 1444 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1445 * sizeof(void \*).
ba8c3d6f 1446 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
32bfd35d
JB
1447 */
1448struct ieee80211_vif {
05c914fe 1449 enum nl80211_iftype type;
bda3933a 1450 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
a3e2f4b6 1451 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2ca27bcf 1452 bool p2p;
73da7d5b 1453 bool csa_active;
b5a33d52 1454 bool mu_mimo_owner;
3a25a8c8
JB
1455
1456 u8 cab_queue;
1457 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1458
ba8c3d6f
FF
1459 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1460
d01a1e65
MK
1461 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1462
c1288b12 1463 u32 driver_flags;
3a25a8c8 1464
ddbfe860
SG
1465#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1466 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1467#endif
1468
1b09b556
AO
1469 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1470
32bfd35d 1471 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1472 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
32bfd35d
JB
1473};
1474
902acc78
JB
1475static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1476{
1477#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
05c914fe 1478 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
902acc78
JB
1479#endif
1480 return false;
1481}
1482
ad7e718c
JB
1483/**
1484 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1485 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1486 *
1487 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1488 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1489 *
1490 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1491 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1492 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1493 */
1494struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1495
dc5a1ad7
EG
1496/**
1497 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1498 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1499 *
1500 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1501 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1502 *
1503 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1504 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1505 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1506 */
1507struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1508
7ac1bd6a
JB
1509/**
1510 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1511 *
1512 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1513 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1514 *
7ac1bd6a
JB
1515 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1516 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
db12847c
IY
1517 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1518 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1519 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1520 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1521 * generation in software.
c6adbd21
ID
1522 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1523 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
e548c49e 1524 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
00b9cfa3
JM
1525 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1526 * (MFP) to be done in software.
077a9154 1527 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
ee70108f 1528 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
077a9154 1529 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
db12847c
IY
1530 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1531 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1532 * MIC.
e548c49e
JB
1533 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1534 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1535 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1536 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1537 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1538 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1539 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
17d38fa8 1540 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
00b9cfa3 1541 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
17d38fa8 1542 * only for managment frames (MFP).
db12847c
IY
1543 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1544 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1545 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
7848ba7d 1546 */
7ac1bd6a 1547enum ieee80211_key_flags {
17d38fa8
MK
1548 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1549 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1550 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1551 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1552 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1553 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1554 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
db12847c 1555 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
7ac1bd6a 1556};
11a843b7 1557
7ac1bd6a
JB
1558/**
1559 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1560 *
1561 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1562 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1563 *
1564 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1565 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
6a7664d4 1566 * encrypted in hardware.
97359d12 1567 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
f8079d43
EP
1568 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1569 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
7ac1bd6a
JB
1570 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1571 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1572 * @keylen: key material length
ffd7891d
LR
1573 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1574 * data block:
1575 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1576 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1577 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
dc822b5d
JB
1578 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1579 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
7ac1bd6a 1580 */
f0706e82 1581struct ieee80211_key_conf {
db388a56 1582 atomic64_t tx_pn;
97359d12 1583 u32 cipher;
76708dee
FF
1584 u8 icv_len;
1585 u8 iv_len;
6a7664d4 1586 u8 hw_key_idx;
11a843b7 1587 u8 flags;
11a843b7 1588 s8 keyidx;
11a843b7 1589 u8 keylen;
f0706e82
JB
1590 u8 key[0];
1591};
1592
a31cf1c6
JB
1593#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1594
f8079d43
EP
1595#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1596#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1597
9352c19f
JB
1598/**
1599 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1600 *
1601 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1602 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1603 * reverse order than in packet)
1604 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1605 * reverse order than in packet)
1606 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1607 * reverse order than in packet)
1608 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1609 * reverse order than in packet)
a31cf1c6 1610 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
9352c19f
JB
1611 */
1612struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1613 union {
1614 struct {
1615 u32 iv32;
1616 u16 iv16;
1617 } tkip;
1618 struct {
1619 u8 pn[6];
1620 } ccmp;
1621 struct {
1622 u8 pn[6];
1623 } aes_cmac;
1624 struct {
1625 u8 pn[6];
1626 } aes_gmac;
1627 struct {
1628 u8 pn[6];
1629 } gcmp;
a31cf1c6
JB
1630 struct {
1631 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1632 u8 seq_len;
1633 } hw;
9352c19f
JB
1634 };
1635};
1636
2475b1cc
MS
1637/**
1638 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1639 *
1640 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1641 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1642 *
1643 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1644 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1645 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1646 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1647 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1648 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1649 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1650 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1651 * key_idx value calculation:
1652 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1653 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1654 */
1655struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1656 u32 cipher;
1657 u16 iftype;
1658 u8 hdr_len;
1659 u8 pn_len;
1660 u8 pn_off;
1661 u8 key_idx_off;
1662 u8 key_idx_mask;
1663 u8 key_idx_shift;
1664 u8 mic_len;
1665};
1666
7ac1bd6a
JB
1667/**
1668 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1669 *
1670 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1671 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1672 *
1673 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1674 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1675 */
ea49c359 1676enum set_key_cmd {
11a843b7 1677 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
ea49c359 1678};
f0706e82 1679
f09603a2
JB
1680/**
1681 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1682 *
1683 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1684 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1685 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1686 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1687 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1688 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1689 */
1690enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1691 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1692 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1693 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1694 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1695 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1696 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1697};
1698
e1a0c6b3
JB
1699/**
1700 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1701 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1702 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1703 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1704 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1705 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1706 *
1707 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1708 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1709 */
1710enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1711 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1712 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1713 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1714 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1715};
1716
0d528d85
FF
1717/**
1718 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1719 *
1720 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
03f831a6 1721 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
0d528d85
FF
1722 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1723 */
1724struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1725 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1726 struct {
1727 s8 idx;
1728 u8 count;
1729 u8 count_cts;
1730 u8 count_rts;
1731 u16 flags;
1732 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1733};
1734
17741cdc
JB
1735/**
1736 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1737 *
1738 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1739 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1740 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1741 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1742 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
34e89507 1743 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
17741cdc
JB
1744 *
1745 * @addr: MAC address
1746 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
323ce79a 1747 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
55d942f4
JB
1748 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1749 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
480dd46b
MA
1750 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1751 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1752 * Can be modified by driver.
527871d7
JB
1753 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1754 * otherwise always false)
17741cdc 1755 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1756 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
910868db 1757 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
f438ceb8
EG
1758 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1759 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
910868db 1760 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
e1a0c6b3 1761 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
8921d04e
JB
1762 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1763 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1764 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1765 * the station moves to associated state.
af0ed69b 1766 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
03f831a6 1767 * @rates: rate control selection table
0c4972cc 1768 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
8b94148c
AN
1769 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1770 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
93f0490e 1771 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
506bcfa8
EG
1772 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1773 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1774 * unlimited.
52cfa1d6 1775 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
6e0456b5 1776 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
ba8c3d6f 1777 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
17741cdc
JB
1778 */
1779struct ieee80211_sta {
57fbcce3 1780 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
17741cdc
JB
1781 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1782 u16 aid;
d9fe60de 1783 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
818255ea 1784 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
480dd46b 1785 u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
39df600a 1786 bool wme;
9533b4ac
EP
1787 u8 uapsd_queues;
1788 u8 max_sp;
8921d04e 1789 u8 rx_nss;
e1a0c6b3 1790 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
af0ed69b 1791 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
0d528d85 1792 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
0c4972cc 1793 bool tdls;
8b94148c 1794 bool tdls_initiator;
93f0490e 1795 bool mfp;
506bcfa8 1796 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
57eeb208
JB
1797
1798 /**
1799 * @max_amsdu_len:
1800 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1801 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1802 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1803 *
1804 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1805 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1806 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1807 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1808 *
1809 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1810 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1811 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1812 */
506bcfa8 1813 u16 max_amsdu_len;
52cfa1d6 1814 bool support_p2p_ps;
6e0456b5 1815 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
17741cdc 1816
ba8c3d6f
FF
1817 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
1818
17741cdc 1819 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1820 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
17741cdc
JB
1821};
1822
478f8d2b
TW
1823/**
1824 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1825 *
1826 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
38a6cc75 1827 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
478f8d2b 1828 *
4571d3bf
CL
1829 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1830 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1831 */
89fad578 1832enum sta_notify_cmd {
4571d3bf
CL
1833 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1834};
1835
36323f81
TH
1836/**
1837 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1838 *
1839 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1840 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1841 */
1842struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1843 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1844};
1845
ba8c3d6f
FF
1846/**
1847 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
1848 *
1849 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
1850 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
1851 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue)
1852 * @ac: the AC for this queue
f8bdbb58 1853 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
ba8c3d6f
FF
1854 *
1855 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
1856 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
1857 */
1858struct ieee80211_txq {
1859 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
1860 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1861 u8 tid;
1862 u8 ac;
1863
1864 /* must be last */
1865 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1866};
1867
1bc0826c
JB
1868/**
1869 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
1870 *
1871 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
1872 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
1873 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
1874 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
1875 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
1876 *
af65cd96
JB
1877 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
1878 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
1879 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
1880 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
1881 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
1882 * algorithm.
1883 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
1884 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
1885 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
1886 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
1887 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
1888 * CCK frames.
1889 *
1bc0826c
JB
1890 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
1891 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
1892 * the FCS at the end.
1893 *
1894 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
1895 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
1896 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
1897 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
1898 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
1899 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
546c80c9 1900 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1bc0826c 1901 *
566bfe5a
BR
1902 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
1903 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
1904 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
1905 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
1906 *
566bfe5a
BR
1907 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
1908 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
1909 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
1910 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
1911 *
06ff47bc
TW
1912 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
1913 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
1914 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
8b30b1fe
S
1915 *
1916 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
1917 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
520eb820 1918 *
4be8c387
JB
1919 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
1920 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
1921 *
1922 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
1923 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
1924 * stack support for dynamic PS.
1925 *
1926 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
1927 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
4375d083
JM
1928 *
1929 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
1930 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
04de8381 1931 *
375177bf
VN
1932 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
1933 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
1934 * the stack.
1935 *
1e4dcd01 1936 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
ad24b0da
JB
1937 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
1938 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
a97c13c3 1939 *
c65dd147
EG
1940 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
1941 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
1942 * dtim_period).
e31b8213
JB
1943 *
1944 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
1945 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
1946 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
1947 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
1948 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
1949 * only in that case.
d057e5a3
AN
1950 *
1951 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
1952 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
1953 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
1954 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
1955 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
1956 * the PS mode of connected stations.
edf6b784
AN
1957 *
1958 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
1959 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
1960 * software.
885bd8ec 1961 *
4b6f1dd6
JB
1962 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
1963 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
1964 * active interfaces.
3a25a8c8 1965 *
e27513fb
BG
1966 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
1967 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
1968 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
1969 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
1970 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
1971 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
1972 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
1973 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
1974 * supported cipher suites.
1975 *
17c18bf8
JB
1976 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
1977 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
1978 * for frames.
1979 *
3a25a8c8
JB
1980 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
1981 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
1982 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
1983 * control for more details.
6d71117a 1984 *
0d528d85
FF
1985 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
1986 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
1987 *
6d71117a
JB
1988 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
1989 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
1990 * is supported.
ef429dad
JB
1991 *
1992 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
1993 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
7578d575 1994 *
919be62b
JB
1995 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
1996 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
1997 * using aggregation for such frames.)
1998 *
7578d575
AN
1999 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2000 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2001 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2002 * CSA frame.
5d52ee81 2003 *
c70f59a2
IY
2004 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2005 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2006 *
c526a467 2007 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
c56ef672 2008 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
30686bf7 2009 *
b98fb44f
AN
2010 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2011 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2012 *
99e7ca44
EG
2013 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2014 * within A-MPDU.
2015 *
35afa588
HS
2016 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2017 * for sent beacons.
2018 *
31104891
JB
2019 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2020 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2021 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2022 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2023 *
412a6d80
SS
2024 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2025 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2026 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2027 * timeout.
2028 *
c9c5962b
JB
2029 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2030 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2031 *
6e0456b5
FF
2032 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2033 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2034 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2035 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2036 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2037 *
2038 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2039 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2040 *
e8a24cd4
RM
2041 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2042 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2043 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2044 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2045 *
f3fe4e93
SS
2046 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2047 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2048 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2049 *
30686bf7 2050 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
1bc0826c
JB
2051 */
2052enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
30686bf7
JB
2053 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2054 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2055 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2056 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2057 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2058 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2059 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2060 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2061 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2062 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2063 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2064 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2065 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2066 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2067 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2068 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2069 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2070 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2071 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2072 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2073 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2074 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2075 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2076 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2077 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2078 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2079 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2080 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2081 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
b98fb44f 2082 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
99e7ca44 2083 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
35afa588 2084 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
31104891 2085 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
412a6d80 2086 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
c9c5962b 2087 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
6e0456b5
FF
2088 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2089 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
e8a24cd4 2090 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
f3fe4e93 2091 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
30686bf7
JB
2092
2093 /* keep last, obviously */
2094 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
1bc0826c
JB
2095};
2096
7ac1bd6a
JB
2097/**
2098 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
75a5f0cc
JB
2099 *
2100 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2101 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2102 *
2103 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2104 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2105 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
8318d78a
JB
2106 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2107 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
75a5f0cc
JB
2108 *
2109 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2110 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2111 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2112 * along with this structure.
2113 *
2114 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2115 *
2116 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2117 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2118 *
70dabeb7
FF
2119 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2120 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
75a5f0cc 2121 *
566bfe5a 2122 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
ad24b0da 2123 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
75a5f0cc 2124 *
ea95bba4 2125 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
ad24b0da 2126 * that HW supports
ea95bba4 2127 *
75a5f0cc 2128 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
e100bb64
JB
2129 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2130 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2131 *
830f9038
JB
2132 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2133 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2134 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
32bfd35d
JB
2135 *
2136 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2137 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
17741cdc
JB
2138 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2139 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
d01a1e65
MK
2140 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2141 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
ba8c3d6f
FF
2142 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2143 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
870abdf6 2144 *
78be49ec
HS
2145 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2146 * can handle.
2147 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2148 * the hw can report back.
e6a9854b 2149 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
4e6cbfd0 2150 *
df6ba5d8
LC
2151 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2152 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2153 * aggregation.
2154 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2155 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2156 * it shouldn't be set.
5dd36bc9
JB
2157 *
2158 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
ac062197
GG
2159 * aggregate an HT driver will transmit. Though ADDBA will advertise
2160 * a constant value of 64 as some older APs can crash if the window
2161 * size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N with FW v1.0.07
2162 * build 002 Jun 18 2012).
3a25a8c8 2163 *
6e0456b5
FF
2164 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2165 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2166 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2167 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2168 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
ac55d2fe
JB
2169 *
2170 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2171 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
b4f7f4ad 2172 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
ac55d2fe 2173 * adding _BW is supported today.
72d78728 2174 *
51648921
JB
2175 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2176 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
b4f7f4ad 2177 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
51648921 2178 *
99ee7cae
JB
2179 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
2180 * 'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
2181 * a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2182 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
2183 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
2184 * device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
2185 * into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
2186 *
72d78728 2187 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
680a0dab
JB
2188 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2189 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
219c3867
AB
2190 *
2191 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2192 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2193 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2194 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2195 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2196 * neither enabled.
2197 *
2198 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2199 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2200 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2475b1cc
MS
2201 *
2202 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2203 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2204 * supported by HW.
167e33f4
AB
2205 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2206 * device.
7ac1bd6a 2207 */
f0706e82 2208struct ieee80211_hw {
f0706e82 2209 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
75a5f0cc 2210 struct wiphy *wiphy;
830f9038 2211 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
f0706e82 2212 void *priv;
30686bf7 2213 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
f0706e82 2214 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
70dabeb7 2215 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
32bfd35d 2216 int vif_data_size;
17741cdc 2217 int sta_data_size;
d01a1e65 2218 int chanctx_data_size;
ba8c3d6f 2219 int txq_data_size;
ea95bba4 2220 u16 queues;
ea95bba4 2221 u16 max_listen_interval;
f0706e82 2222 s8 max_signal;
e6a9854b 2223 u8 max_rates;
78be49ec 2224 u8 max_report_rates;
e6a9854b 2225 u8 max_rate_tries;
df6ba5d8 2226 u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
5dd36bc9 2227 u8 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
6e0456b5 2228 u8 max_tx_fragments;
3a25a8c8 2229 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
ac55d2fe 2230 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
51648921 2231 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
99ee7cae
JB
2232 struct {
2233 int units_pos;
2234 s16 accuracy;
2235 } radiotap_timestamp;
72d78728 2236 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
219c3867
AB
2237 u8 uapsd_queues;
2238 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2475b1cc
MS
2239 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2240 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
167e33f4 2241 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
f0706e82
JB
2242};
2243
30686bf7
JB
2244static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2245 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2246{
2247 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2248}
2249#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2250
2251static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2252 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2253{
2254 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2255}
2256#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2257
c56ef672
DS
2258/**
2259 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2260 *
2261 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2262 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2263 */
2264struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2265 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2266
2267 /* Keep last */
2268 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2269};
2270
8a4d32f3
AN
2271/**
2272 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2273 *
2274 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2275 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2276 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2277 * @status: channel-switch response status
2278 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2279 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2280 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2281 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2282 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2283 */
2284struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2285 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2286 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2287 u8 action_code;
2288 u32 status;
2289 u32 timestamp;
2290 u16 switch_time;
2291 u16 switch_timeout;
2292 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2293 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2294};
2295
9a95371a
LR
2296/**
2297 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2298 *
2299 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2300 *
2301 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2302 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2303 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2304 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2305 * is already used internally by mac80211.
0ae997dc
YB
2306 *
2307 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
9a95371a
LR
2308 */
2309struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2310
75a5f0cc
JB
2311/**
2312 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2313 *
2314 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2315 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2316 */
f0706e82
JB
2317static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2318{
2319 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2320}
2321
75a5f0cc 2322/**
e37d4dff 2323 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
75a5f0cc
JB
2324 *
2325 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2326 * @addr: the address to set
2327 */
538dc904 2328static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
f0706e82
JB
2329{
2330 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2331}
2332
2e92e6f2
JB
2333static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2334ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2335 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2336{
aa331df0 2337 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2e92e6f2 2338 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2339 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2340}
2341
2342static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2343ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2344 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2345{
e039fa4a 2346 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2347 return NULL;
e039fa4a 2348 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2349}
2350
2351static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2352ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
870abdf6 2353 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2e92e6f2 2354{
e6a9854b 2355 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2356 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2357 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2358}
2359
6096de7f
JB
2360/**
2361 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2362 * @hw: the hardware
2363 * @skb: the skb
2364 *
2365 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2366 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2367 */
2368void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2369
75a5f0cc
JB
2370/**
2371 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
2372 *
2373 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2374 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2375 *
2376 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2377 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
dc822b5d
JB
2378 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2379 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2380 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
75a5f0cc
JB
2381 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2382 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
4150c572 2383 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2384 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2385 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2386 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2387 *
2388 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2389 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2390 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2391 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2392 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2393 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2394 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2395 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2396 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2397 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2398 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2399 *
2400 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2401 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2402 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2403 * based on the receive flags.
2404 *
2405 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2406 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2407 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2408 * keys.
9ae4fda3
EG
2409 *
2410 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2411 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2412 * handler.
2413 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
25985edc 2414 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
9ae4fda3
EG
2415 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2416 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
e37d4dff 2417 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
9ae4fda3 2418 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
de5fad81
YD
2419 *
2420 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2421 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2422 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
4150c572 2423 */
75a5f0cc 2424
4be8c387
JB
2425/**
2426 * DOC: Powersave support
2427 *
2428 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2429 *
c99445b1
KV
2430 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2431 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2432 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2433 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2434 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2435 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2436 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2437 * it finds traffic directed to it.
2438 *
2439 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2440 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2441 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
2738bd68
BC
2442 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2443 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
c99445b1
KV
2444 *
2445 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2446 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2447 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
4be8c387
JB
2448 *
2449 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2450 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2451 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2452 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
955394c9
JB
2453 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2454 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
c99445b1
KV
2455 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
2456 *
2457 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2458 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2459 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2460 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2461 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2462 * periods.
2463 *
2738bd68 2464 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
c99445b1
KV
2465 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2466 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2467 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2468 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2469 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2470 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2471 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2472 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2473 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2474 *
2475 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
848955cc 2476 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
e227867f 2477 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
c99445b1
KV
2478 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2479 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2480 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2481 *
2482 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2483 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
4be8c387
JB
2484 */
2485
04de8381
KV
2486/**
2487 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2488 *
2489 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
42b2aa86 2490 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
04de8381
KV
2491 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2492 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2493 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2494 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2495 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2496 *
c1288b12
JB
2497 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2498 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
955394c9
JB
2499 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2500 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2501 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2502 *
2503 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2504 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2505 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2506 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2507 *
2508 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2509 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2510 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2511 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
b4f7f4ad 2512 *
955394c9
JB
2513 * - a list of information element IDs
2514 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2515 *
2516 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2517 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2518 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2519 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2520 * vendor information elements.
2521 *
2522 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2523 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2524 *
2525 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2526 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2527 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2528 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2529 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2530 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2531 *
2532 *
2533 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2534 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2535 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2536 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2537 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2538 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2539 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2540 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2541 *
2542 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2543 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2544 * signal strength threshold checking.
04de8381
KV
2545 */
2546
0f78231b
JB
2547/**
2548 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2549 *
2550 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2551 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2552 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2553 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2554 *
2555 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2556 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2557 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2558 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2559 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2560 * hardware flags.
2561 *
2562 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2563 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2564 * turned off otherwise.
2565 *
2566 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2567 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2568 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2569 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2570 */
2571
75a5f0cc
JB
2572/**
2573 * DOC: Frame filtering
2574 *
2575 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2576 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2577 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2578 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2579 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2580 *
2581 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2582 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2583 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2584 *
3ac64bee
JB
2585 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2586 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2587 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2588 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2589 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2590 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2591 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
75a5f0cc
JB
2592 *
2593 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2594 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2595 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2596 * or dropped.
2597 *
d0f5afbe
MB
2598 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2599 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2600 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2601 * the flag, but not clear it.
2602 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2603 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2604 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2605 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2606 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2607 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2608 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2609 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
4150c572 2610 */
75a5f0cc 2611
4b801bc9
JB
2612/**
2613 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2614 *
2615 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2616 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2617 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2618 *
2619 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2620 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2621 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2622 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2623 * the driver code.
2624 *
2625 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2626 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2627 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2628 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2629 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2630 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2631 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2632 *
2633 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2634 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2635 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2636 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2637 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2638 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2639 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2640 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2641 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2642 * @sta_notify callback.
2643 *
2644 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2645 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2646 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2647 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2648 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2649 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2650 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
02f2f1a9 2651 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
4b801bc9
JB
2652 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2653 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2654 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2655 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2656 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2657 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2658 *
02f2f1a9
JB
2659 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2660 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2661 *
4b801bc9
JB
2662 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2663 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2664 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2665 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2666 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2667 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2668 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2669 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2670 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2671 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2672 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2673 *
2674 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2675 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2676 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2677 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2678 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2679 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2680 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2681 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2682 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2683 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
e227867f 2684 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
4b801bc9
JB
2685 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2686 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2687 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2688 *
2689 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2690 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2691 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2692 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2693 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
e943789e 2694 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
4b801bc9
JB
2695 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2696 *
2697 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2698 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2699 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2700 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
e943789e 2701 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
b77cf4f8
JB
2702 *
2703 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2704 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2705 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2706 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
4b801bc9
JB
2707 */
2708
3a25a8c8
JB
2709/**
2710 * DOC: HW queue control
2711 *
2712 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2713 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2714 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2715 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2716 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2717 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2718 *
2719 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2720 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2721 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2722 *
2723 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2724 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2725 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2726 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2727 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2728 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2729 * the hardware queue.
2730 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2731 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2732 *
2733 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2734 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2735 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2736 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2737 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2738 *
2739 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2740 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2741 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2742 * off-channel queue: 9
2743 *
2744 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2745 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2746 *
2747 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2748 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2749 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2750 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2751 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2752 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2753 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2754 *
2755 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2756 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2757 *
2758 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2759 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2760 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2761 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2762 */
2763
75a5f0cc
JB
2764/**
2765 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2766 *
2767 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2768 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2769 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2770 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2771 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2772 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2773 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2774 * multicast address.
2775 *
2776 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2777 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2778 *
2779 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
2780 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
2781 *
2782 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
2783 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
2784 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
2785 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
2786 * honour this flag if possible.
2787 *
df140465
JB
2788 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
2789 * station
75a5f0cc
JB
2790 *
2791 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
e3b90ca2 2792 *
c2d3955b 2793 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
7be5086d
JB
2794 *
2795 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
4150c572 2796 */
75a5f0cc 2797enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
75a5f0cc
JB
2798 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
2799 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
2800 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
2801 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
2802 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
2803 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
e3b90ca2 2804 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
7be5086d 2805 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
75a5f0cc
JB
2806};
2807
1b7d03ac
RR
2808/**
2809 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
2810 *
2811 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
2812 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
827d42c9
JB
2813 *
2814 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
2815 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
5d22c89b 2816 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
827d42c9
JB
2817 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
2818 *
18b559d5
JB
2819 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
2820 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
2821 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
b1720231 2822 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
18b559d5
JB
2823 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
2824 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
2825 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
2826 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
2827 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
2828 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
2829 * session is gone and removes the station.
2830 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
2831 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
2832 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
2833 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
1b7d03ac
RR
2834 */
2835enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
2836 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
2837 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
0df3ef45 2838 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
18b559d5
JB
2839 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
2840 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
2841 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
b1720231 2842 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
1b7d03ac 2843};
75a5f0cc 2844
50ea05ef
SS
2845/**
2846 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
2847 *
2848 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
2849 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
2850 * @tid: tid of the BA session
2851 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
2852 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
2853 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
2854 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
2855 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
2856 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2857 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
2858 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2859 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
2860 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
2861 */
2862struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
2863 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
2864 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2865 u16 tid;
2866 u16 ssn;
2867 u8 buf_size;
2868 bool amsdu;
2869 u16 timeout;
2870};
2871
4049e09a
JB
2872/**
2873 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
2874 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
47086fc5
JB
2875 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
2876 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
4049e09a
JB
2877 */
2878enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
2879 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
47086fc5 2880 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
4049e09a
JB
2881};
2882
8f727ef3
JB
2883/**
2884 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
2885 *
2886 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
e1a0c6b3
JB
2887 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
2888 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
2889 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
8f727ef3 2890 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
e687f61e
AQ
2891 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
2892 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
2893 * the peer.
0af83d3d
JB
2894 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
2895 * by the peer
8f727ef3
JB
2896 */
2897enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
2898 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
2899 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
e687f61e 2900 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
0af83d3d 2901 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
8f727ef3
JB
2902};
2903
d339d5ca
IP
2904/**
2905 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
2906 *
2907 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
2908 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
2909 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
2910 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
2911 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
2912 *
2913 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
2914 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
2915 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
2916 */
2917enum ieee80211_roc_type {
2918 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
2919 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
2920};
2921
cf2c92d8
EP
2922/**
2923 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
2924 *
2925 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
2926 * reconfiguration type was completed.
2927 *
2928 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
2929 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
2930 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
2931 * of wowlan configuration)
2932 */
2933enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
2934 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
2935 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
2936};
2937
75a5f0cc
JB
2938/**
2939 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
2940 *
2941 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
2942 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
2943 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
2944 *
2945 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
2946 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
2947 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
eefce91a 2948 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
11127e91 2949 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
11127e91 2950 * Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
2951 *
2952 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
2953 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
2954 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
2955 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
2956 * or zero.
2957 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
2958 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
2959 * is added.
e1781ed3 2960 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
2961 *
2962 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
2963 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
2964 * it must turn off frame reception.)
2965 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
42935eca
LR
2966 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
2967 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
e1781ed3 2968 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 2969 *
eecc4800
JB
2970 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
2971 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
2972 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
2973 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
2974 * reconfigured at resume time.
2b4562df
JB
2975 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
2976 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
2977 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
2978 * must return 1 from this function.
eecc4800
JB
2979 *
2980 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
2981 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
2982 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
2983 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
2984 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
2985 *
d13e1414
JB
2986 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
2987 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
2988 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
2989 * in suspend().
2990 *
75a5f0cc 2991 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
e37d4dff 2992 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
75a5f0cc
JB
2993 * and @stop must be implemented.
2994 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
2995 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
2996 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
2997 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
2998 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
e1781ed3 2999 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3000 *
34d4bc4d
JB
3001 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3002 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3003 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3004 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3005 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3006 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3007 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3008 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3009 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3010 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3011 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3012 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3013 * MAC address of the device going away.
e1781ed3 3014 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3015 *
3016 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3017 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
6dd1bf31 3018 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
e1781ed3 3019 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3020 *
471b3efd
JB
3021 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3022 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3023 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3024 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3025 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
e1781ed3
KV
3026 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3027 * can sleep.
471b3efd 3028 *
3ac64bee
JB
3029 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3030 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3031 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3032 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3033 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3034 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
e1781ed3 3035 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3036 *
1b09b556
AO
3037 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3038 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3039 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3040 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3041 * which flags are changed.
3042 * This callback can sleep.
3043 *
546c80c9 3044 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
17741cdc 3045 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3046 *
3047 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
e1781ed3
KV
3048 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3049 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
dc822b5d 3050 * is enabled.
6dd1bf31 3051 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
e1781ed3 3052 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3053 *
9ae4fda3
EG
3054 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3055 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3056 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
eb807fb2 3057 * The callback must be atomic.
9ae4fda3 3058 *
c68f4b89
JB
3059 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3060 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3061 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3062 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3063 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3064 *
de5fad81
YD
3065 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3066 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3067 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3068 *
75a5f0cc 3069 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
8318d78a 3070 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
9050bdd8
KV
3071 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3072 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
de95a54b
JB
3073 * that power save is disabled.
3074 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3075 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3076 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3077 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3078 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3079 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3080 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
e1781ed3 3081 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3082 *
b856439b
EP
3083 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3084 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3085 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3086 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3087 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3088 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3089 * The callback can sleep.
3090 *
79f460ca
LC
3091 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3092 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3093 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3094 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3095 *
3096 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
37e3308c 3097 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
79f460ca 3098 *
80e775bf
MB
3099 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3100 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
a344d677
JB
3101 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3102 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3103 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3104 *
e1781ed3
KV
3105 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3106 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3107 * this notification.
3108 * The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3109 *
6dd1bf31
BC
3110 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3111 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
e1781ed3 3112 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3113 *
9352c19f
JB
3114 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3115 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3116 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
e1781ed3 3117 * The callback must be atomic.
75a5f0cc 3118 *
f23a4780 3119 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
f3fe4e93
SS
3120 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3121 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3122 * should be set as well.
f23a4780
AN
3123 * The callback can sleep.
3124 *
75a5f0cc 3125 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
e1781ed3 3126 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3127 *
34e89507
JB
3128 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3129 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3130 *
3131 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
6a9d1b91
JB
3132 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3133 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3134 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3135 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3136 * This callback can sleep.
34e89507 3137 *
77d2ece6
SM
3138 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3139 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
c7e9dbcf
JB
3140 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3141 * callback can sleep.
77d2ece6 3142 *
34e89507 3143 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
d057e5a3
AN
3144 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3145 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3146 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
4571d3bf 3147 *
f09603a2
JB
3148 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3149 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3150 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3151 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
6a9d1b91
JB
3152 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3153 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3154 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3155 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3156 * The callback can sleep.
3157 *
3158 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3159 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3160 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3161 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3162 * in @sta_state.
f09603a2
JB
3163 * The callback can sleep.
3164 *
8f727ef3
JB
3165 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3166 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3167 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3168 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3169 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3170 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3171 * Must be atomic.
f815e2b3
JB
3172 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3173 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3174 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
8f727ef3 3175 *
2b9a7e1b
JB
3176 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3177 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3178 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3179 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3180 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3181 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3182 * The callback can sleep.
3183 *
75a5f0cc 3184 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
fe3fa827 3185 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
6dd1bf31 3186 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
e1781ed3 3187 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3188 *
75a5f0cc 3189 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3b5d665b 3190 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3191 * required function.
e1781ed3 3192 * The callback can sleep.
3b5d665b
AF
3193 *
3194 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
ad24b0da 3195 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3196 * required function.
e1781ed3 3197 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3198 *
354d381b
PT
3199 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3200 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3201 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3202 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3203 * The callback can sleep.
3204 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3205 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3206 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3207 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3208 * TSF synchronization.
e1781ed3 3209 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3210 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3211 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3212 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3213 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
6dd1bf31 3214 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
e1781ed3 3215 * The callback can sleep.
d3c990fb 3216 *
4e8998f0
RD
3217 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3218 *
1f87f7d3
JB
3219 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3220 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3221 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
e1781ed3 3222 * The callback can sleep.
aff89a9b 3223 *
310bc676
LT
3224 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3225 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
a4bcaf55
LB
3226 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3227 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3228 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
310bc676 3229 *
52981cd7
DS
3230 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3231 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
71063f0e 3232 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
a80f7c0b
JB
3233 *
3234 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
39ecc01d
JB
3235 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3236 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3237 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3238 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
77be2c54 3239 * Note that vif can be NULL.
39ecc01d 3240 * The callback can sleep.
5ce6e438
JB
3241 *
3242 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3243 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3244 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3245 * completion of the channel switch.
4e6cbfd0 3246 *
79b1c460
BR
3247 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3248 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3249 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3250 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3251 *
3252 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4976b4eb
JB
3253 *
3254 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3255 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3256 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3257 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3258 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3259 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
196ac1c1 3260 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
196ac1c1
JB
3261 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3262 * must be accepted in this case.
3263 * This callback may sleep.
4976b4eb
JB
3264 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3265 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
38c09159
JL
3266 *
3267 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3268 *
3269 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
e8306f98
VN
3270 *
3271 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3272 * queues before entering power save.
bdbfd6b5
SM
3273 *
3274 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3275 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3276 * The callback can sleep.
a8182929
EG
3277 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3278 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
6382246e 3279 * The callback must be atomic.
4049e09a
JB
3280 *
3281 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3282 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3283 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3284 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
e227867f 3285 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
4049e09a
JB
3286 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3287 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3288 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3289 * more-data bit must always be set.
3290 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3291 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
deeaee19
JB
3292 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3293 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3294 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3295 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3296 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3297 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
4049e09a
JB
3298 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3299 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3300 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
47086fc5
JB
3301 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3302 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
37fbd908 3303 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
e943789e 3304 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
4049e09a 3305 * This callback must be atomic.
40b96408
JB
3306 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3307 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3308 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
02f2f1a9 3309 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
40b96408
JB
3310 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3311 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3312 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3313 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
37fbd908 3314 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
e943789e 3315 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
40b96408
JB
3316 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3317 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3318 * This callback must be atomic.
e352114f
BG
3319 *
3320 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3321 *
3322 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3323 *
3324 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3325 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3326 *
a1845fc7
JB
3327 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3328 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3329 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3330 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3331 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3332 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3333 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3334 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3335 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
3336 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3337 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
3338 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
c3645eac 3339 *
ee10f2c7
AN
3340 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3341 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3342 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3343 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3344 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3345 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3346 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3347 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3348 *
c3645eac 3349 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
dcae9e02 3350 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac 3351 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
dcae9e02 3352 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3353 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3354 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3355 * channel context with different settings
dcae9e02 3356 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3357 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3358 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
dcae9e02 3359 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3360 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3361 * unbound from vif.
dcae9e02 3362 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13
LC
3363 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3364 * another, as specified in the list of
3365 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3366 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
dcae9e02 3367 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13 3368 *
1041638f
JB
3369 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3370 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3371 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3372 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3373 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3374 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3375 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
9214ad7f 3376 *
cf2c92d8
EP
3377 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3378 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3379 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3380 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3381 * This callback may sleep.
8f21b0ad 3382 *
a65240c1
JB
3383 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3384 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3385 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
73da7d5b
SW
3386 *
3387 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3388 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3389 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
66e01cf9 3390 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
73da7d5b
SW
3391 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3392 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
66e01cf9 3393 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
73da7d5b 3394 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
66e01cf9
LC
3395 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3396 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
6d027bcc
LC
3397 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3398 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
9332ef9d 3399 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
6d027bcc 3400 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
f1d65583
LC
3401 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3402 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3403 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
73da7d5b 3404 *
55fff501
JB
3405 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3406 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3407 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3408 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
cca674d4
AQ
3409 *
3410 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3411 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3412 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
5b3dc42b
FF
3413 *
3414 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3415 * and hardware limits.
a7a6bdd0
AN
3416 *
3417 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3418 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3419 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3420 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3421 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3422 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3423 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3424 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3425 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
8a4d32f3
AN
3426 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3427 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3428 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3429 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3430 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3431 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3432 * the function call.
ba8c3d6f
FF
3433 *
3434 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
f59374eb
SS
3435 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3436 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3437 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3438 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
708d50ed
AB
3439 *
3440 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3441 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
5953ff6d
AB
3442 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3443 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3444 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3445 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3446 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3447 * changed parameters.
167e33f4
AB
3448 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3449 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3450 * this call.
3451 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3452 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3453 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
75a5f0cc 3454 */
f0706e82 3455struct ieee80211_ops {
36323f81
TH
3456 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3457 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3458 struct sk_buff *skb);
4150c572 3459 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4150c572 3460 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
eecc4800
JB
3461#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3462 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3463 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6d52563f 3464 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
eecc4800 3465#endif
f0706e82 3466 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3467 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
34d4bc4d
JB
3468 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3469 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2ca27bcf 3470 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
f0706e82 3471 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3472 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
e8975581 3473 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
471b3efd
JB
3474 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3475 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3476 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3477 u32 changed);
b2abb6e2 3478
1041638f
JB
3479 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3480 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3481
3ac64bee 3482 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
22bedad3 3483 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
4150c572
JB
3484 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3485 unsigned int changed_flags,
3486 unsigned int *total_flags,
3ac64bee 3487 u64 multicast);
1b09b556
AO
3488 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3489 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3490 unsigned int filter_flags,
3491 unsigned int changed_flags);
17741cdc
JB
3492 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3493 bool set);
ea49c359 3494 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
dc822b5d 3495 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
11a843b7 3496 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
9ae4fda3 3497 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
b3fbdcf4
JB
3498 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3499 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3500 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3501 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
c68f4b89
JB
3502 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3503 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3504 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
de5fad81
YD
3505 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3506 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
a060bbfe 3507 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
c56ef672 3508 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
b856439b
EP
3509 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3510 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
79f460ca
LC
3511 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3512 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3513 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
633e2713 3514 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
37e3308c 3515 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
79f460ca 3516 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
a344d677
JB
3517 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3518 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3519 const u8 *mac_addr);
3520 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3521 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82
JB
3522 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3523 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
9352c19f
JB
3524 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3525 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3526 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
f23a4780 3527 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
f0706e82 3528 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
34e89507
JB
3529 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3530 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3531 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3532 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
77d2ece6
SM
3533#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3534 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3535 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3536 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3537 struct dentry *dir);
77d2ece6 3538#endif
32bfd35d 3539 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc 3540 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
f09603a2
JB
3541 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3542 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3543 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3544 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
6a9d1b91
JB
3545 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3546 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3547 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8f727ef3
JB
3548 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3549 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3550 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3551 u32 changed);
f815e2b3
JB
3552 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3553 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3554 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2b9a7e1b
JB
3555 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3556 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3557 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3558 struct station_info *sinfo);
8a3a3c85 3559 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a3304b0a 3560 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
f0706e82 3561 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
37a41b4a
EP
3562 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3563 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3564 u64 tsf);
354d381b
PT
3565 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3566 s64 offset);
37a41b4a 3567 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 3568 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
57eeb208
JB
3569
3570 /**
3571 * @ampdu_action:
3572 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3573 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3574 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3575 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3576 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3577 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3578 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3579 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3580 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3581 *
3582 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3583 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3584 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3585 *
3586 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3587 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3588 *
3589 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3590 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3591 * - ``TX: 81``
3592 *
3593 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3594 *
3595 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3596 * The callback can sleep.
3597 */
1b7d03ac 3598 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
c951ad35 3599 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
50ea05ef 3600 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
1289723e
HS
3601 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3602 struct survey_info *survey);
1f87f7d3 3603 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
a4bcaf55 3604 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
aff89a9b 3605#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
52981cd7
DS
3606 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3607 void *data, int len);
71063f0e
WYG
3608 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3609 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3610 void *data, int len);
aff89a9b 3611#endif
77be2c54
EG
3612 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3613 u32 queues, bool drop);
5ce6e438 3614 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
0f791eb4 3615 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5ce6e438 3616 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
15d96753
BR
3617 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3618 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
21f83589
JB
3619
3620 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
49884568 3621 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
21f83589 3622 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
d339d5ca
IP
3623 int duration,
3624 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
21f83589 3625 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
38c09159
JL
3626 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3627 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3628 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
e8306f98 3629 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
bdbfd6b5
SM
3630 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3631 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
a8182929
EG
3632 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3633 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3634 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
4049e09a 3635
40b96408
JB
3636 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3637 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3638 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3639 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3640 bool more_data);
4049e09a
JB
3641 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3642 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3643 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3644 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3645 bool more_data);
e352114f
BG
3646
3647 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3648 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3649 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3650 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3651 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3652 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3653 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3654 u32 sset, u8 *data);
a1845fc7
JB
3655
3656 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3657 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
c3645eac 3658
ee10f2c7
AN
3659 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3660 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3661
c3645eac
MK
3662 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3663 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3664 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3665 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3666 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3667 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3668 u32 changed);
3669 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3670 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3671 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3672 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3673 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3674 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
1a5f0c13
LC
3675 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3676 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3677 int n_vifs,
3678 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
9214ad7f 3679
cf2c92d8
EP
3680 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3681 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
a65240c1
JB
3682
3683#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3684 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3685 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3686 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3687#endif
73da7d5b
SW
3688 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3689 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3690 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6d027bcc
LC
3691 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3692 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3693 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
55fff501 3694
f1d65583
LC
3695 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3696 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3697
55fff501
JB
3698 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3699 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2439ca04
MA
3700 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3701 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
5b3dc42b
FF
3702 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3703 int *dbm);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3704
3705 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3706 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3707 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3708 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8a4d32f3 3709 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3710 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3711 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3712 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8a4d32f3
AN
3713 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3714 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3715 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
ba8c3d6f
FF
3716
3717 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3718 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f59374eb 3719 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
708d50ed
AB
3720
3721 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3722 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3723 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3724 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3725 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5953ff6d
AB
3726 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3727 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3728 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
167e33f4
AB
3729 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3730 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3731 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3732 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3733 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3734 u8 instance_id);
f0706e82
JB
3735};
3736
75a5f0cc 3737/**
ad28757e 3738 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
75a5f0cc
JB
3739 *
3740 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3741 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3742 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3743 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3744 * @priv_data_len.
3745 *
3746 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3747 * @ops: callbacks for this device
ad28757e
BG
3748 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
3749 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
0ae997dc
YB
3750 *
3751 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
f0706e82 3752 */
ad28757e
BG
3753struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
3754 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
3755 const char *requested_name);
3756
3757/**
3758 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
3759 *
3760 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3761 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3762 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3763 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3764 * @priv_data_len.
3765 *
3766 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3767 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3768 *
3769 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3770 */
3771static inline
f0706e82 3772struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
ad28757e
BG
3773 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
3774{
3775 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
3776}
f0706e82 3777
75a5f0cc
JB
3778/**
3779 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
3780 *
dbbea671
JB
3781 * You must call this function before any other functions in
3782 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
3783 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
75a5f0cc
JB
3784 *
3785 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
0ae997dc
YB
3786 *
3787 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
75a5f0cc 3788 */
f0706e82
JB
3789int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3790
e1e54068
JB
3791/**
3792 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
3793 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
3794 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
3795 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
3796 */
3797struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
3798 int throughput;
3799 int blink_time;
3800};
3801
67408c8c
JB
3802/**
3803 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
3804 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
3805 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
3806 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
3807 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
3808 */
3809enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
3810 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
3811 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
3812 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
3813};
3814
f0706e82 3815#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
f5c4ae07
JB
3816const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3817const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3818const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3819const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3820const char *
3821__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3822 unsigned int flags,
3823 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3824 unsigned int blink_table_len);
f0706e82 3825#endif
75a5f0cc
JB
3826/**
3827 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
3828 *
3829 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3830 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3831 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3832 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3833 *
3834 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3835 *
3836 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3837 */
f5c4ae07 3838static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3839{
3840#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3841 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
3842#else
3843 return NULL;
3844#endif
3845}
3846
75a5f0cc
JB
3847/**
3848 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
3849 *
3850 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3851 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3852 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3853 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3854 *
3855 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3856 *
3857 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3858 */
f5c4ae07 3859static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3860{
3861#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3862 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
3863#else
3864 return NULL;
3865#endif
3866}
3867
cdcb006f
ID
3868/**
3869 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
3870 *
3871 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3872 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3873 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3874 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3875 *
3876 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3877 *
3878 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 3879 */
f5c4ae07 3880static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
47f0c502
MB
3881{
3882#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3883 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
3884#else
3885 return NULL;
3886#endif
3887}
3888
cdcb006f
ID
3889/**
3890 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
3891 *
3892 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3893 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3894 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3895 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3896 *
3897 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3898 *
3899 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 3900 */
f5c4ae07 3901static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
cdcb006f
ID
3902{
3903#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3904 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
3905#else
3906 return NULL;
3907#endif
3908}
47f0c502 3909
e1e54068
JB
3910/**
3911 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
3912 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
67408c8c 3913 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
e1e54068
JB
3914 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
3915 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
3916 *
0ae997dc
YB
3917 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
3918 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
3919 *
3920 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
e1e54068 3921 */
f5c4ae07 3922static inline const char *
67408c8c 3923ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
e1e54068
JB
3924 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3925 unsigned int blink_table_len)
3926{
3927#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
67408c8c 3928 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
e1e54068
JB
3929 blink_table_len);
3930#else
3931 return NULL;
3932#endif
3933}
3934
75a5f0cc
JB
3935/**
3936 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
3937 *
3938 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
3939 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
3940 *
3941 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
3942 */
f0706e82
JB
3943void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3944
75a5f0cc
JB
3945/**
3946 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
3947 *
3948 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
3949 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
6ef307bc 3950 * before calling this function.
75a5f0cc
JB
3951 *
3952 * @hw: the hardware to free
3953 */
f0706e82
JB
3954void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3955
f2753ddb
JB
3956/**
3957 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
3958 *
3959 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
3960 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
3961 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
3962 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
3963 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
3964 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
3965 *
3966 * @hw: the hardware to restart
3967 */
3968void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3969
06d181a8 3970/**
af9f9b22 3971 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 3972 *
af9f9b22
JB
3973 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
3974 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
3975 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
3976 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
3977 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
3978 *
3979 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
3980 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
3981 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
3982 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
3983 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
3984 *
3985 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
3986 *
3987 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
d63b548f 3988 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
af9f9b22
JB
3989 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
3990 * @napi: the NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 3991 */
d63b548f
JB
3992void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3993 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4e6cbfd0 3994
75a5f0cc
JB
3995/**
3996 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
3997 *
3998 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
e3cf8b3f
ZY
3999 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4000 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4001 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4002 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
75a5f0cc 4003 *
2485f710 4004 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
e36e49f7
KV
4005 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4006 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
f6b3d85f
FF
4007 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4008 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc 4009 *
e36e49f7 4010 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
d20ef63d 4011 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4012 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4013 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4014 */
af9f9b22
JB
4015static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4016{
d63b548f 4017 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
af9f9b22 4018}
75a5f0cc
JB
4019
4020/**
4021 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4022 *
4023 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
2485f710
JB
4024 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4025 *
e36e49f7 4026 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
f6b3d85f
FF
4027 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4028 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc
JB
4029 *
4030 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4031 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4032 */
f1d58c25 4033void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4034
e36e49f7
KV
4035/**
4036 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4037 *
4038 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4039 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4040 *
4041 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
f6b3d85f
FF
4042 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4043 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
e36e49f7
KV
4044 *
4045 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4046 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4047 */
4048static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4049 struct sk_buff *skb)
4050{
4051 local_bh_disable();
4052 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4053 local_bh_enable();
4054}
4055
d057e5a3
AN
4056/**
4057 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4058 *
4059 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4060 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4061 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4062 *
4063 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4064 *
4065 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4066 * each other.
4067 *
d057e5a3
AN
4068 * @sta: currently connected sta
4069 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4070 *
4071 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
d057e5a3
AN
4072 */
4073int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4074
4075/**
4076 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4077 * (in process context)
4078 *
4079 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4080 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4081 * applies.
4082 *
4083 * @sta: currently connected sta
4084 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4085 *
4086 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
d057e5a3
AN
4087 */
4088static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4089 bool start)
4090{
4091 int ret;
4092
4093 local_bh_disable();
4094 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4095 local_bh_enable();
4096
4097 return ret;
4098}
4099
46fa38e8
JB
4100/**
4101 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4102 * @sta: currently connected station
4103 *
4104 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4105 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4106 * connected station was received.
4107 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4108 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4109 * be serialized.
4110 */
4111void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4112
4113/**
4114 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4115 * @sta: currently connected station
4116 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4117 *
4118 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4119 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4120 * from a connected station was received.
4121 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4122 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4123 * serialized.
0aa419ec
EG
4124 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4125 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4126 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4127 * checks.
46fa38e8
JB
4128 */
4129void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4130
d24deb25
GW
4131/*
4132 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4133 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4134 */
7f2a5e21 4135#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM 14
d24deb25 4136
dcf55fb5 4137/**
042ec453 4138 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
bdfbe804 4139 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
042ec453
JB
4140 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4141 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
dcf55fb5
FF
4142 *
4143 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
042ec453
JB
4144 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4145 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
4146 *
4147 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4148 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4149 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4150 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4151 *
4152 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4153 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4154 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4155 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4156 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4157 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4158 *
4159 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4160 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4161 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4162 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4163 * use this API.
4164 */
4165void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4166 u8 tid, bool buffered);
dcf55fb5 4167
0d528d85
FF
4168/**
4169 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4170 *
4171 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4172 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4173 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4174 *
4175 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4176 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4177 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4178 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4179 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4180 */
4181void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4182 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4183 struct sk_buff *skb,
4184 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4185 int max_rates);
4186
75a5f0cc
JB
4187/**
4188 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4189 *
4190 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4191 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4192 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4193 *
2485f710
JB
4194 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4195 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
20ed3166 4196 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
f6b3d85f
FF
4197 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4198 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
2485f710 4199 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4200 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4201 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4202 */
f0706e82 4203void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4204 struct sk_buff *skb);
2485f710 4205
f027c2ac
FF
4206/**
4207 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4208 *
4209 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4210 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4211 * specific skbs.
4212 *
4213 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4214 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4215 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4216 *
4217 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4218 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4219 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4220 * @info: tx status information
4221 */
4222void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4223 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4224 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4225
20ed3166
JS
4226/**
4227 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4228 *
4229 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4230 *
4231 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4232 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4233 * for a single hardware.
4234 *
4235 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4236 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4237 */
4238static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4239 struct sk_buff *skb)
4240{
4241 local_bh_disable();
4242 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4243 local_bh_enable();
4244}
4245
2485f710 4246/**
6ef307bc 4247 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
2485f710
JB
4248 *
4249 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4250 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4251 *
20ed3166
JS
4252 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4253 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
2485f710
JB
4254 *
4255 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4256 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
2485f710 4257 */
f0706e82 4258void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4259 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4260
8178d38b
AN
4261/**
4262 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4263 *
4264 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4265 * connected STA.
4266 *
4267 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4268 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4269 */
4270void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4271
1af586c9
AO
4272#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4273
6ec8c332
AO
4274/**
4275 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4276 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4277 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
8d77ec85
LC
4278 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4279 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4280 * should be ignored.
6ec8c332
AO
4281 */
4282struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4283 u16 tim_offset;
4284 u16 tim_length;
1af586c9
AO
4285
4286 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
6ec8c332
AO
4287};
4288
4289/**
4290 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4291 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4292 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4293 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4294 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4295 *
4296 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4297 * obtain the beacon template.
4298 *
4299 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4300 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
1af586c9
AO
4301 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4302 * applicable, the CSA count.
6ec8c332
AO
4303 *
4304 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4305 *
4306 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4307 */
4308struct sk_buff *
4309ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4310 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4311 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4312
f0706e82 4313/**
eddcbb94 4314 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
f0706e82 4315 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4316 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4317 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4318 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4319 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4320 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4321 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4322 *
4323 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
6ec8c332 4324 * obtain the beacon frame.
f0706e82
JB
4325 *
4326 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
eddcbb94 4327 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
6ec8c332
AO
4328 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4329 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
eddcbb94
JB
4330 *
4331 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
0ae997dc
YB
4332 *
4333 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
eddcbb94
JB
4334 */
4335struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4336 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4337 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4338
4339/**
4340 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4341 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4342 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4343 *
4344 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
0ae997dc
YB
4345 *
4346 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
f0706e82 4347 */
eddcbb94
JB
4348static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4349 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4350{
4351 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4352}
f0706e82 4353
1af586c9
AO
4354/**
4355 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4356 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4357 *
4358 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4359 * This function is called implicitly when
4360 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4361 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4362 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4363 *
4364 * Return: new csa counter value
4365 */
4366u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4367
73da7d5b
SW
4368/**
4369 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4370 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4371 *
4372 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
66e01cf9 4373 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
73da7d5b
SW
4374 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4375 */
4376void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4377
4378/**
66e01cf9 4379 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
73da7d5b
SW
4380 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4381 *
4382 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4383 */
4384bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4385
4386
02945821
AN
4387/**
4388 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4389 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4390 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4391 *
4392 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4393 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4394 *
4395 * Can only be called in AP mode.
0ae997dc
YB
4396 *
4397 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
02945821
AN
4398 */
4399struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4400 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4401
7044cc56
KV
4402/**
4403 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4404 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4405 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4406 *
4407 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4408 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4409 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4410 *
4411 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4412 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
0ae997dc
YB
4413 *
4414 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4415 */
4416struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4417 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4418
4419/**
4420 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4421 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4422 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4423 *
4424 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4425 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4426 * BSSID and address is used.
4427 *
4428 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4429 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
0ae997dc
YB
4430 *
4431 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4432 */
4433struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4434 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4435
05e54ea6
KV
4436/**
4437 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4438 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
a344d677 4439 * @src_addr: source MAC address
05e54ea6
KV
4440 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4441 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
b9a9ada1 4442 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
05e54ea6
KV
4443 *
4444 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4445 * hardware.
0ae997dc
YB
4446 *
4447 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
05e54ea6
KV
4448 */
4449struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a344d677 4450 const u8 *src_addr,
05e54ea6 4451 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
b9a9ada1 4452 size_t tailroom);
05e54ea6 4453
f0706e82
JB
4454/**
4455 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4456 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4457 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4458 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4459 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4460 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4461 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4462 *
4463 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4464 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4465 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4466 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4467 */
32bfd35d 4468void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4469 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4470 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4471 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4472
4473/**
4474 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4475 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4476 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4477 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
e039fa4a 4478 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4479 *
4480 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4481 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4482 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4483 *
4484 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4485 */
32bfd35d
JB
4486__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4487 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4488 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4489
4490/**
4491 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4492 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4493 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4494 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4495 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4496 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4497 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4498 *
4499 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4500 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4501 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4502 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4503 */
32bfd35d
JB
4504void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4505 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4506 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4507 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4508 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4509
4510/**
4511 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4512 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4513 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4514 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
e039fa4a 4515 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4516 *
4517 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4518 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4519 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4520 *
4521 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4522 */
32bfd35d
JB
4523__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4524 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4525 size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4526 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4527
4528/**
4529 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4530 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4531 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
d13e1414 4532 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
f0706e82 4533 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
8318d78a 4534 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
f0706e82
JB
4535 *
4536 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4537 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
0ae997dc
YB
4538 *
4539 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4540 */
32bfd35d
JB
4541__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4542 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
57fbcce3 4543 enum nl80211_band band,
f0706e82 4544 size_t frame_len,
8318d78a 4545 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
f0706e82
JB
4546
4547/**
4548 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4549 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4550 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4551 *
4552 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4553 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4554 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4555 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
0ae997dc
YB
4556 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4557 *
4558 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4559 * frames are available.
f0706e82
JB
4560 *
4561 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4562 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4563 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4564 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4565 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4566 * use common code for all beacons.
4567 */
4568struct sk_buff *
e039fa4a 4569ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 4570
42d98795
JB
4571/**
4572 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4573 *
4574 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4575 *
4576 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4577 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4578 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4579 */
4580void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4581 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4582
5d2cdcd4 4583/**
523b02ea
JB
4584 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
4585 *
4586 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4587 * from the given packet.
4588 *
4589 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4590 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4591 * with this P1K
4592 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4593 */
42d98795
JB
4594static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4595 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4596{
4597 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4598 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4599 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4600
4601 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4602}
523b02ea 4603
8bca5d81
JB
4604/**
4605 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4606 *
4607 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4608 * and transmitter address.
4609 *
4610 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4611 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4612 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4613 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4614 */
4615void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4616 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4617
523b02ea
JB
4618/**
4619 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5d2cdcd4 4620 *
523b02ea
JB
4621 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4622 * in the packet.
5d2cdcd4
EG
4623 *
4624 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
523b02ea
JB
4625 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4626 * encrypted with this key
4627 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5d2cdcd4 4628 */
523b02ea
JB
4629void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4630 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
c68f4b89 4631
f8079d43
EP
4632/**
4633 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4634 *
4635 * @pos: start of crypto header
4636 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4637 * @pn: PN to add
4638 *
4639 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4640 * the packet payload)
4641 *
4642 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4643 * point to the crypto header)
4644 */
4645u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4646
3ea542d3
JB
4647/**
4648 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4649 *
4650 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4651 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
3ea542d3
JB
4652 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4653 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4654 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
4655 *
4656 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
4657 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
4658 * by the device and not by mac80211.
4659 *
4660 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4661 * can be done concurrently.
4662 */
4663void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4664 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4665
27b3eb9c
JB
4666/**
4667 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
4668 *
4669 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4670 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
27b3eb9c
JB
4671 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4672 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4673 * @seq: new sequence data
4674 *
4675 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
4676 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
4677 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
4678 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
4679 *
4680 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4681 * can be done concurrently.
4682 */
4683void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4684 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4685
4686/**
4687 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
4688 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4689 *
4690 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
4691 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
4692 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
4693 *
4694 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
4695 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
4696 */
4697void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4698
4699/**
4700 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
4701 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
4702 * @keyconf: new key data
4703 *
4704 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
4705 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
4706 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
4707 *
4708 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
4709 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
4710 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
4711 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
4712 *
4713 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
4714 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
4715 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
4716 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
4717 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
4718 * of the reconfiguration.
4719 *
4720 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
4721 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
4722 *
4723 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
4724 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
4725 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
4726 * the key that's being replaced.
4727 */
4728struct ieee80211_key_conf *
4729ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4730 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4731
c68f4b89
JB
4732/**
4733 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
4734 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
4735 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
4736 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
4737 * @gfp: allocation flags
4738 */
4739void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
4740 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
4741
f0706e82
JB
4742/**
4743 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
4744 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4745 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4746 *
4747 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4748 */
4749void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4750
4751/**
4752 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
4753 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4754 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4755 *
4756 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4757 */
4758void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4759
92ab8535
TW
4760/**
4761 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
4762 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4763 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4764 *
4765 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
0ae997dc
YB
4766 *
4767 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
92ab8535
TW
4768 */
4769
4770int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4771
f0706e82
JB
4772/**
4773 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
4774 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4775 *
4776 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4777 */
4778void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4779
4780/**
4781 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
4782 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4783 *
4784 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4785 */
4786void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4787
75a5f0cc
JB
4788/**
4789 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
4790 *
4791 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
4792 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
8789d459
JB
4793 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
4794 * any context, including hardirq context.
75a5f0cc
JB
4795 *
4796 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
7947d3e0 4797 * @info: information about the completed scan
75a5f0cc 4798 */
7947d3e0
AS
4799void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4800 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
f0706e82 4801
79f460ca
LC
4802/**
4803 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
4804 *
4805 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
4806 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
4807 *
4808 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4809 */
4810void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4811
4812/**
4813 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
4814 *
4815 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
4816 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
4817 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
4818 * while associating, for instance.
4819 *
4820 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4821 */
4822void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4823
8b2c9824
JB
4824/**
4825 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
4826 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
4827 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
4828 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
4829 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
4830 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
4831 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
4832 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3384d757 4833 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
8b2c9824
JB
4834 */
4835enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
4836 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
4837 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3384d757 4838 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
8b2c9824
JB
4839};
4840
3384d757
AN
4841/**
4842 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
4843 *
4844 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4845 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
4846 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
4847 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
4848 *
4849 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
4850 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
4851 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
4852 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4853 */
4854void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
4855 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
4856 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4857 void *data);
4858
dabeb344 4859/**
6ef307bc 4860 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
dabeb344
JB
4861 *
4862 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4863 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
2f561feb
ID
4864 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
4865 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
4866 * be used.
8b2c9824 4867 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
dabeb344
JB
4868 *
4869 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 4870 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb 4871 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
dabeb344
JB
4872 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4873 */
3384d757
AN
4874static inline void
4875ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
4876 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
4877 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4878 void *data)
4879{
4880 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
4881 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
4882 iterator, data);
4883}
dabeb344 4884
2f561feb
ID
4885/**
4886 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
4887 *
4888 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4889 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
4890 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
4891 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
8b2c9824 4892 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
2f561feb
ID
4893 *
4894 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 4895 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb
ID
4896 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
4897 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4898 */
4899void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
8b2c9824 4900 u32 iter_flags,
2f561feb
ID
4901 void (*iterator)(void *data,
4902 u8 *mac,
4903 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4904 void *data);
4905
c7c71066
JB
4906/**
4907 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
4908 *
4909 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4910 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
4911 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
4912 *
4913 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
4914 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
4915 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
4916 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4917 */
4918void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4919 u32 iter_flags,
4920 void (*iterator)(void *data,
4921 u8 *mac,
4922 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4923 void *data);
4924
0fc1e049
AN
4925/**
4926 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
4927 *
4928 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
4929 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
4930 * function for them.
4931 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
4932 *
4933 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
4934 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
4935 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4936 */
4937void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4938 void (*iterator)(void *data,
4939 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
4940 void *data);
42935eca
LR
4941/**
4942 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
4943 *
4944 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
4945 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
4946 *
4947 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
4948 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
4949 */
4950void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
4951
4952/**
4953 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
4954 *
4955 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
4956 * workqueue.
4957 *
4958 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
4959 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
4960 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
4961 */
4962void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4963 struct delayed_work *dwork,
4964 unsigned long delay);
4965
0df3ef45
RR
4966/**
4967 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
c951ad35 4968 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
0df3ef45 4969 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
bd2ce6e4 4970 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
ea2d8b59
RD
4971 *
4972 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
0df3ef45
RR
4973 *
4974 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
4975 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
4976 * will be managed by the mac80211.
4977 */
bd2ce6e4
SM
4978int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
4979 u16 timeout);
0df3ef45 4980
0df3ef45
RR
4981/**
4982 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
1ed32e4f 4983 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
4984 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
4985 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
4986 *
4987 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
4988 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
4989 * from any context.
0df3ef45 4990 */
c951ad35 4991void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
4992 u16 tid);
4993
4994/**
4995 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
c951ad35 4996 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
0df3ef45 4997 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
ea2d8b59 4998 *
6a8579d0 4999 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
0df3ef45
RR
5000 *
5001 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5002 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5003 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5004 */
6a8579d0 5005int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
0df3ef45 5006
0df3ef45
RR
5007/**
5008 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5009 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5010 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5011 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5012 *
5013 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5014 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5015 * can be called from any context.
0df3ef45 5016 */
c951ad35 5017void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5018 u16 tid);
5019
17741cdc
JB
5020/**
5021 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5022 *
5ed176e1 5023 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
17741cdc
JB
5024 * @addr: station's address
5025 *
0ae997dc
YB
5026 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5027 *
5028 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
17741cdc
JB
5029 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5030 */
5ed176e1 5031struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc
JB
5032 const u8 *addr);
5033
5ed176e1 5034/**
686b9cb9 5035 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5ed176e1
JB
5036 *
5037 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
686b9cb9
BG
5038 * @addr: remote station's address
5039 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5ed176e1 5040 *
0ae997dc
YB
5041 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5042 *
5043 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5ed176e1
JB
5044 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5045 *
686b9cb9
BG
5046 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5047 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5048 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5049 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5050 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5051 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5052 * is not reliable.
5ed176e1 5053 *
686b9cb9 5054 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5ed176e1 5055 */
686b9cb9
BG
5056struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5057 const u8 *addr,
5058 const u8 *localaddr);
5ed176e1 5059
af818581
JB
5060/**
5061 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5062 * @hw: the hardware
5063 * @pubsta: the station
5064 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5065 *
5066 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5067 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5068 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5069 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5070 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5071 *
5072 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5073 * manner.
5074 *
5075 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5076 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5077 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5078 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5079 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5080 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5081 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5082 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5083 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5084 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5085 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5086 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5087 * woke up while blocked or not.
5088 */
5089void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5090 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5091
37fbd908
JB
5092/**
5093 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5094 * @pubsta: the station
5095 *
5096 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5097 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5098 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5099 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5100 *
e943789e
JB
5101 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5102 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5103 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5104 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5105 *
5106 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5107 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5108 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5109 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
37fbd908 5110 */
e943789e 5111void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
37fbd908 5112
0ead2510
EG
5113/**
5114 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5115 * @pubsta: the station
5116 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5117 *
5118 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5119 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5120 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5121 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5122 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5123 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5124 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5125 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5126 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5127 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5128 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5129 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5130 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5131 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5132 */
5133void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5134
830af02f
JB
5135/**
5136 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5137 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5138 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5139 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5140 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5141 *
5142 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5143 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5144 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5145 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5146 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5147 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
f850e00f
JB
5148 *
5149 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5150 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5151 * set_key callback.
830af02f
JB
5152 */
5153void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5154 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5155 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5156 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5157 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5158 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5159 void *data),
5160 void *iter_data);
5161
ef044763
EP
5162/**
5163 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5164 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5165 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5166 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5167 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5168 *
5169 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5170 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5171 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5172 * in removal process will be skipped.
5173 *
5174 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5175 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5176 */
5177void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5178 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5179 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5180 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5181 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5182 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5183 void *data),
5184 void *iter_data);
5185
3448c005
JB
5186/**
5187 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5188 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5189 * @iter: iterator function
5190 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5191 *
5192 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5193 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5194 * places while calling into the driver.
5195 *
5196 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5197 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5198 * removed.
8a61af65
JB
5199 *
5200 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5201 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5202 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5203 * or not.
3448c005
JB
5204 */
5205void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5206 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5207 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5208 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5209 void *data),
5210 void *iter_data);
5211
a619a4c0
JO
5212/**
5213 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5214 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5215 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5216 *
5217 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5218 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5219 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5220 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5221 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
0ae997dc
YB
5222 * %NULL.
5223 *
5224 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
a619a4c0
JO
5225 */
5226struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5227 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5228
04de8381
KV
5229/**
5230 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5231 *
1ed32e4f 5232 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
04de8381 5233 *
c1288b12 5234 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
1e4dcd01 5235 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
04de8381
KV
5236 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5237 */
5238void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4b7679a5 5239
1e4dcd01
JO
5240/**
5241 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5242 *
5243 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5244 *
c1288b12 5245 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
1e4dcd01
JO
5246 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5247 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
682bd38b
JB
5248 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5249 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
1e4dcd01
JO
5250 *
5251 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5252 * without connection recovery attempts.
5253 */
5254void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5255
95acac61
JB
5256/**
5257 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5258 *
5259 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5260 *
5261 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5262 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5263 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5264 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5265 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5266 *
5267 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5268 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5269 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5270 * disconnect normally later.
5271 *
5272 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5273 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5274 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5275 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5276 */
5277void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f90754c1 5278
a97c13c3
JO
5279/**
5280 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5281 * rssi threshold triggered
5282 *
5283 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5284 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
769f07d8 5285 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
a97c13c3
JO
5286 * @gfp: context flags
5287 *
ea086359 5288 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
a97c13c3
JO
5289 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5290 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5291 */
5292void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5293 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
769f07d8 5294 s32 rssi_level,
a97c13c3
JO
5295 gfp_t gfp);
5296
98f03342
JB
5297/**
5298 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5299 *
5300 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5301 * @gfp: context flags
5302 */
5303void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5304
164eb02d
SW
5305/**
5306 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5307 *
5308 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5309 */
5310void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5311
5ce6e438
JB
5312/**
5313 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5314 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5315 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5316 *
5317 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5318 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5319 */
5320void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5321
d1f5b7a3
JB
5322/**
5323 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5324 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
633dd1ea 5325 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
d1f5b7a3
JB
5326 *
5327 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5328 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5329 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5330 */
5331void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5332 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5333
21f83589
JB
5334/**
5335 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5336 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5337 */
5338void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5339
5340/**
5341 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5342 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5343 */
5344void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5345
f41ccd71
SL
5346/**
5347 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5348 *
5349 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5350 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5351 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5352 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5353 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5354 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5355 *
5356 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5357 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5358 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5359 */
5360void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5361 const u8 *addr);
5362
06470f74
SS
5363/**
5364 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5365 * @pubsta: station struct
5366 * @tid: the session's TID
5367 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5368 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5369 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5370 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5371 *
5372 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5373 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5374 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5375 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5376 */
5377void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5378 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5379 u16 received_mpdus);
5380
8c771244
FF
5381/**
5382 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5383 *
5384 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5385 * buffer.
5386 *
5387 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5388 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5389 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5390 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5391 */
5392void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5393
08cf42e8
MK
5394/**
5395 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5396 *
5397 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5398 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5399 * reordering.
5400 *
5401 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5402 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5403 *
5404 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5405 * @addr: station mac address
5406 * @tid: the rx tid
5407 */
5408void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5409 const u8 *addr, u16 tid);
5410
5411/**
5412 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5413 *
5414 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5415 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5416 * reordering.
5417 *
5418 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5419 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5420 *
5421 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5422 * @addr: station mac address
5423 * @tid: the rx tid
5424 */
5425void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5426 const u8 *addr, u16 tid);
5427
4b7679a5 5428/* Rate control API */
e6a9854b 5429
4b7679a5 5430/**
e6a9854b
JB
5431 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
5432 *
5433 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5434 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5435 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
f44d4eb5
SW
5436 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5437 * to be filled in
e6a9854b
JB
5438 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5439 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5440 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5441 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5442 * RTS threshold
5443 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5444 * if the selected rate supports it
f44d4eb5 5445 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
2ffbe6d3 5446 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
8f0729b1 5447 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
e6a9854b
JB
5448 */
5449struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5450 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5451 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5452 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5453 struct sk_buff *skb;
5454 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5455 bool rts, short_preamble;
37eb0b16 5456 u32 rate_idx_mask;
2ffbe6d3 5457 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
8f0729b1 5458 bool bss;
4b7679a5
JB
5459};
5460
5461struct rate_control_ops {
4b7679a5
JB
5462 const char *name;
5463 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
4b7679a5
JB
5464 void (*free)(void *priv);
5465
5466 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5467 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5468 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4b7679a5 5469 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
81cb7623 5470 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5471 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
64f68e5d
JB
5472 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5473 u32 changed);
4b7679a5
JB
5474 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5475 void *priv_sta);
5476
f684565e
FF
5477 void (*tx_status_noskb)(void *priv,
5478 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5479 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5480 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4b7679a5
JB
5481 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5482 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5483 struct sk_buff *skb);
e6a9854b
JB
5484 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5485 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4b7679a5
JB
5486
5487 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5488 struct dentry *dir);
5489 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
cca674d4
AQ
5490
5491 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
4b7679a5
JB
5492};
5493
5494static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
57fbcce3 5495 enum nl80211_band band,
4b7679a5
JB
5496 int index)
5497{
5498 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5499}
5500
4c6d4f5c
LR
5501/**
5502 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5503 *
5504 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5505 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5506 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5507 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5508 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5509 * not null.
5510 *
5511 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5512 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5513 *
5514 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5515 * that this may be null.
5516 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5517 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5518 */
5519bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5520 void *priv_sta,
5521 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5522
5523
4b7679a5
JB
5524static inline s8
5525rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5526 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5527{
5528 int i;
5529
5530 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5531 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5532 return i;
5533
5534 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
54d5026e 5535 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
4b7679a5 5536
54d5026e 5537 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
4b7679a5
JB
5538 return 0;
5539}
5540
b770b43e
LR
5541static inline
5542bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5543 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5544{
5545 unsigned int i;
5546
5547 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5548 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5549 return true;
5550 return false;
5551}
4b7679a5 5552
0d528d85
FF
5553/**
5554 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5555 *
5556 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5557 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5558 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5559 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5560 *
5561 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5562 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5563 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5564 */
5565int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5566 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5567 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5568
631ad703
JB
5569int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5570void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4b7679a5 5571
10c806b3
LR
5572static inline bool
5573conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5574{
675a0b04 5575 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
10c806b3
LR
5576}
5577
5578static inline bool
5579conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5580{
675a0b04
KB
5581 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5582 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5583}
5584
5585static inline bool
5586conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5587{
675a0b04
KB
5588 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5589 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5590}
5591
5592static inline bool
5593conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5594{
675a0b04 5595 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
10c806b3
LR
5596}
5597
5598static inline bool
5599conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5600{
041f607d
RL
5601 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
5602 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
5603 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
10c806b3
LR
5604}
5605
2ca27bcf
JB
5606static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5607ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
5608{
5609 if (p2p) {
5610 switch (type) {
5611 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
5612 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
5613 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
5614 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
5615 default:
5616 break;
5617 }
5618 }
5619 return type;
5620}
5621
5622static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5623ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
5624{
5625 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
5626}
5627
65554d07
SS
5628/**
5629 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
5630 *
5631 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5632 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
5633 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
5634 *
5635 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
5636 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
5637 * matching GroupId management frame.
5638 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
5639 */
5640void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5641 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
5642
615f7b9b
MV
5643void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5644 int rssi_min_thold,
5645 int rssi_max_thold);
5646
5647void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
768db343 5648
0d8a0a17 5649/**
0ae997dc 5650 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
0d8a0a17
WYG
5651 *
5652 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5653 *
0ae997dc
YB
5654 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
5655 *
5656 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
5657 * applicable.
0d8a0a17 5658 */
1dae27f8
WYG
5659int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5660
cd8f7cb4
JB
5661/**
5662 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
5663 * @vif: virtual interface
5664 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
5665 * @gfp: allocation flags
5666 *
5667 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
5668 */
5669void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5670 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
5671 gfp_t gfp);
5672
06be6b14
FF
5673/**
5674 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
5675 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5676 * @vif: virtual interface
5677 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
5678 * @band: the band to transmit on
5679 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
5680 *
5681 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
5682 */
5683bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5684 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
5685 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
5686
a7022e65
FF
5687/**
5688 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
5689 *
5690 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
5691 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
5692 *
5693 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
5694 *
5695 * private:
5696 *
5697 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
5698 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
5699 */
5700struct ieee80211_noa_data {
5701 u32 next_tsf;
5702 bool has_next_tsf;
5703
5704 u8 absent;
5705
5706 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5707 struct {
5708 u32 start;
5709 u32 duration;
5710 u32 interval;
5711 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5712};
5713
5714/**
5715 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
5716 *
5717 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
5718 * @data: NoA tracking data
5719 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5720 *
5721 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
5722 */
5723int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
5724 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5725
5726/**
5727 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
5728 *
5729 * @data: NoA tracking data
5730 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5731 */
5732void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5733
c887f0d3
AN
5734/**
5735 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
5736 * @vif: virtual interface
5737 * @peer: the peer's destination address
5738 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
5739 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
5740 * @gfp: allocation flags
5741 *
5742 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
5743 */
5744void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
5745 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
5746 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
a7f3a768 5747
b6da911b
LK
5748/**
5749 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
5750 *
5751 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
5752 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
5753 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
5754 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
5755 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
5756 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
5757 *
5758 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
5759 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
5760 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5761 *
5762 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
5763 * @tid: the TID to reserve
5764 *
5765 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
5766 */
5767int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
5768
5769/**
5770 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
5771 *
5772 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
5773 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
5774 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
5775 *
5776 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
5777 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
5778 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5779 *
5780 * @sta: the station
5781 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
5782 */
5783void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
5784
ba8c3d6f
FF
5785/**
5786 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
5787 *
5788 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5789 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5790 *
5791 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
5792 */
5793struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5794 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f2ac7e30
MK
5795
5796/**
5797 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
5798 *
5799 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
5800 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
5801 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
5802 *
5803 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5804 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
5805 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
5806 */
5807void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
5808 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
5809 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
167e33f4
AB
5810
5811/**
5812 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
5813 *
5814 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
5815 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
5816 *
5817 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5818 * @inst_id: the local instance id
5819 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
5820 * @gfp: allocation flags
5821 */
5822void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5823 u8 inst_id,
5824 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
5825 gfp_t gfp);
92bc43bc
AB
5826
5827/**
5828 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
5829 *
5830 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
5831 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
5832 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
5833 *
5834 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5835 * @match: match event information
5836 * @gfp: allocation flags
5837 */
5838void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5839 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
5840 gfp_t gfp);
5841
f0706e82 5842#endif /* MAC80211_H */